i"
4
1


 
NATIONAL LIBRARY OF MEDICINE




          Bethesda, Maryland 
 
 
o
 
 
         TREATISE
                ON

§\mt filial JMwhttetwtwtt
                AND
       RENOVATION
              THROUGH

  ACUPUNCTURATION.
BY A. R. BROWN, M. D.
LETTERS PATENT SECURED JANUARY 1, 1867.

  Half interest of Patent assigned to G. Hbbkick, Esq.
    LITCHFIELD, MICH.,
PUBLISHED BY j, A. R. BROWN. M. D.,
        1867. 
               ii  ^lis-1




    Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1867, by
                  BROWN & HERRICK,
In the Clerk's Office of the District Court for the Eastern District of
                        Michigan.
DAILY POST PRINT, DETROIT. 
RATIO  OF DOSES.
  The following ratio of medical doses for different
aged persons is designed to aid the judgment of the
common people in properly dispensing  the various
prescriptions recorded in  this book, when it is not
convenient to consult a physician.
       At 21 years.....
       From 20 to 18 years
       From 18 to 14 years
       From 14 to 7  years
       From 7 to 4 years  .
       From 4 to 3 years  .
       From 3 to 2 years  .
       From 2 to 1 year   .
       From 1 to £ year .  .
  Females usually  require about two-thirds as
large a dose as males of like age, temperament, etc.
Age and temperament  are always modifying con-
siderations in the internal administration of medi-
cines.  Old j^eople will not bear as much medicine
as younger ones.
  In every  case  where  internal medication  is
recommended in  this treatise,  the dose  is for an
adult.    Those  giving medicines to  persons  of
various ages will do well to  refer to the above
table of doses.
. .	. A Full Dose.
	f Dose.
. .	^ Dose.
. .	^ Dose.
. . .	\ Dose.
. .	\ Dose.
	■^ Dose.
. .	y1^ Dose.
	x\ Dose.
 
 
INTRODUCTION.
    THE following pages are presented to the public
      with  a view to reach the common under-
standing on the subjects of pathology and thera-
peutics, and if possible to produce some good results
in the more careful management of the exquisitely
delicate machinery of the human organism.
  To  offer an  apology for  writing  a book  is a
hackneyed phraseology  too common  for imitation,
and then its seeming modesty becomes too trans-
parent to conceal the hypocrisy.  I have  no apol-
ogy to offer in these humble efforts.  The purity
of my motives  alone  give currency to the genius
impelling  me to action.  Perhaps the literary de-
fects may be too apparent on every page to escape
detection.  How could it be otherwise, since other
than literary efforts have always claimed suprem-
acy over the energies of my being.   While smart-
ing under the  grievous want of  a  "finished edu-
cation " by  which to  reach the  public ear appre-
ciatively, I can, nevertheless, proudly boast of my
ignorance of idleness  in the duties of my sacredly
revered profession.   I  will  aim to  cultivate  the
confiding trust, however, that the fraternity of co-
laborers with me  in the  medical profession will at 
6
INTRODUCTION.
least  look  with gentlemanly forbearance on such
literary imperfections as may  seem  to mar  the
purity and diction of this contribution of my gen-
ius,  as I have written what  I have, because  I
could not well avoid it.   To approach the common
mind with words of truth and soberness, for  the
general good, and  to get a  little  nearer home to
the hearts of my fellow-beings, with the results of
my experience for their benefit, is the height of my
ambition, as it is the result of a life of earnest  toil
in my chosen  avocation  of the study and practice
of medicine.
   On  receiving my degree from the Alma Mater
of my cherished  medical opinions,  in Cincinnati,
many years since, I laid my all upon  the altar of
the profession with sentiments of devout earnest-
ness to honor  that calling to the  extent  of  my
ability.  As the fruits of my research  and  the  toil
of years, I herein present my offering before that
altar, trusting  it  may  only  tend to  the  general
good.  And if so,  a  conscious pride  that I have
not labored in vain, will form  my chief reward.
I may then  with  more cheerfulness  submit  the
results of my research to public investigation,  and
since I have no vain emulation in controversy to
gratify, I think I can venture  to abide the verdict
of an impartial public opinion.
   But while I would desire to avoid and shun the
dangerous wiles of  self-conceited egotism, I trust it
may not result to my discredit to claim some orig-
inality in the following  pages.   Yet the principles 
INTRODUCTION.
7
I claim as original I think to be well sustained in
theory by authorities of undisputed integrity and
research.  I do not  claim, of course, the generic
principle which forms the base  of my reasonings,
and from which I deduce  the  new theory of medi-
cative application and renovation through acupunc-
turation.  But the  specific mode and application
of inoculation by means of judicious and scientific
methods of medication, as being better suited to
the human organism in the skillful treatment of
disease, is  what I  do claim as  original with  me,
and fully  justified in my  successful supplications of
its elements for several years past in the field of
my practice.  The burden of my pretendings, then,
to originality in the following pages may be re-
garded as comparatively limited.  But the general
elements  of this work, I  think, have their founda-
tions sustained in the acknowledged authenticities
of the eclectic school of practice.  And  yet in the
treatment of diseases  in  my sphere of action I
have never aimed to be a pertenacious adherent to
any one theory of  ideas simply because of their
peculiar specialty  of "pcrt/iys."   Higher motives
have been my general rule of action.  Adaptation
to climate, varied forms of disease under new de-
velopments, and the different conditions  of patients
and other surrounding circumstances, easily con-
ceived by the active mind, have always constituted
my engrossing care.  From such points of obser-
vation I  have made my  reckonings in the treat-
ment of all forms of disease, controlled only by a 
8
INTRODUCTION.
mature judgment founded on the most satisfactory
authorities within my power to control.
  If errors exist in principle, then errors  must re-
sult in practice from necessity.
  The ambition to become a good  practicioner in
the medical art  involves every element  of a noble
manhood.  It is no  idle talk to affirm that nature
has something  to do in producing a good physi-
cian.   And yet there are pestilent scourges crawl-
ing over the face of human  society to curse the
honorable profession of medicine. Quacks abound
everywhere, and find a ready welcome by credulous
dupes of every grade. And yet it requires  some de-
gree of genius, I grant, and an amazing amount of
brass, to skillfully play the part of a successful quack.
But to trifle with human life from motives of selfish
greed  is a  villainy  of intense magnitude.  The
crime of  poverty, ignorance, and consequent delin-
quencies  of society may humanely be forgiven by
the well-intending, but quackery is  too  grave a
misdemeanor to go  unrebuked by good men, and
its forgiveness here or hereafter may be a question
of serious doubt.
  And yet,  who may compute the arduous  and
often unrequited toil of a faithful local practitioner,
especially if  connected  with anything like a fair
and reputable business ?
  With what success this little treatise will  meet
in arresting attention  to the disclosure of a  new
method in  the  application of medicine, the fiat of
events alone must determine.  The author sends it 
INTRODUCTION.               9
out as  a pioneer dove upon the face of the great
deep in search of the olive  branch of a new dis-
pensation of things yet to  be.  Perhaps it  may in
its  weary flight return void of rest to its window,
but the benign effort shall not be wanting, at least,
to comprehend the exigencies of the age.   Repe-
tition of effort may still disclose the immutability
of truth as a  towering mountain  standing out of
the surging floods of human ignorance and error.
Time alone will vitalize and revivify  a deluged
world and fit  its soil for the choicer seeds of -pro-
gress and human benefaction.   The grand discov-
ery of Jexxek is yet in its infancy as compared to
its  ultimatum.   The process of medication by the
development of this principle is  yet to amaze man-
kind.
  And yet I am not insensible to the fact, that to
appear before  the public as  a writer on the prin-
ciples of medicine and  their application  in such a
radically new  form, will subject the author to the
imputation of vanity and self-conceit,  perhaps as
an innovator and quack.  In these matters  I have,
however, aimed to count the cost, and with  as stern
a contempt for quackery as may well be endured,
I have  concluded to  abide results.  If from want
of merit I fail to meet with a respectful reception,
and the principles  involved prove abortive, it shall
not be from an absent motive of good, upright and
sincere  intention on the  part of the
                                   Author. 
 
r»AT£T  i.
           CHAPTER I.   Section 1.
   COUNTER-IRRITATION,  OR CONTRA-1RRITATION,
     CONSISTS in establishing an irritation in some
      other part than the real seat of diseased action
itself, in order to translate the morbid  condition to
a less important  organ of the  system.  Irritating
agents of this class may be said to be two-fold, name-
ly, external and internal. The  action of the former
is confined genei ally to the integument or skin, and
its adjacent tissues.  Those  agents principally em-
ployed to produce this kind of  irritation are mus-
tard, blisters, stimulating liniments, caustics, scari-
fying and cupping, dry cupping,  issues,  setons,
irritating  plasters, artificial heat, etc.   Agents  to
produce internal irritation are such that,when taken
into  the stomach, they act as  revulsives in their
effect, the nature  and character of which we do not
now propose to discuss.
  External irritating agents  will now claim our
more special attention.  Considering them as affect-
ins our investigations and  conclusions in  the fol-
lowing  pages, it may not be improper to treat  of
them in the order just referred  to.  As in some, or
all of their forms,  they seem  to have control  of
the confidence of the medical  profession,  as  well 
12
DIRECT MEDICATION
as of the public  mind  generally, I  will, there-
fore, briefly refer to them in  this section  in their
positive and  negative  relations  as local irritants.
  The most common local irritants in use, then, are:
  1. Mustard.  This is  usually selected  or  pre-
ferred because  so easily procured, is  speedy and
thorough in  action, and safe in results.  With me
it is objectionable.  It  is  not  suitable on  account
of its disagreeable and  filthy qualities.  In general,
its severity,  when properly prepared  and applied,
is so great that it is not liable to be continued long
enough to cause a permanent  diversion; and  it is
not suitable to be left on long enough  to vessicate,
on account of the difficulty in healing  a blister so
produced.
  2. Cantharides, or Spanish  flies, is  the next in
importance  as  being in common  use, in  various
forms of preparation, the most  frequent of which
is that of the emplastrum cantharides,  vessicatorim
compositum (the common blistering plaster).  This
is used to follow up and maintain an action already
begun with more active counter-irritants, but is not
of sufficient duration to secure permanent results;
or  it  may be used alone when  the case  is more
chronic  than otherwise, and very speedy measures
are not required.
  Objections.   Is not momentarily active enough
in many cases.   Draws the serum from the blood,
and causes  great temporary  debility.  Is apt to
affect the urinary organs by absorption of canthari-
dine.  Makes a very unpleasant  and offensive sore, 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         13
is often hard to heal, and  not unfrequently fol-
lowed by bad swellings.  Who  does not know the
disagreeable character of a,fly blister?
  3. Stimulating Liniments.  Their effects  are al-
ways temporary and uncertain.
  4.  Caustics.  Among these, probably the best, as
being most  active,  as well  as  long continued,  is
liquor ammonia (ammonia liquor fortior), applied
by saturating a cloth or paper, laying  it upon the
skin, covering it with a piece of leather to prevent
its action upon the hand, and holding  it  on for a
few  seconds.  Or it  may be  used in  the form of
Dr.  Gondret's Vessicating Ammonial Ointment,
which will blister in ten to fifteen minutes.
  Objections.  Its impracticability, severity, and
its seldom accomplishing the end for which it  is
employed.
  5. Scarifying and Cupping. This is a very useful
form of counter-irritation when properly employed,
acting promptly,  and the effect continuing for some
time afterwards.  But in the hands of persons of
limited scientific attainments it is liable to be inju-
disciously used, by being applied to parts to which
it ought not, and is  generally very objectionable
to the patient.
  6.  Dry Cupping is  only good  as a temporary
agent, and often ineffectual on account of the diffi-
culty of its proper application.
  7.  Fonticulus, or Issues,  are ulcers formed by in-
cision  or  cauterization, and  kept discharging by 
14
DIRECT MEDICATION
daily introducing some proper agent to maintain
ulceration.
   8. Setons are artificial sinuses made by the seton
needle under a portion of the skin, the needle car-
rying through the cavity a quantity of thread or
silk, charged with some  foreign agent to maintain
a continual formation of pus, or  left unarmed to
suit choice and circumstances.
   Objections.   Great  severity  of  application.
Patients will not generally  submit to their  use.
Not unfrequently render mobility almost  impossi-
ble, are very filthy, and in states  of the system
where there exists a highly deteriorated condition
of the blood, there is not unfrequently  a tendency
to gangrene.
   9. Irritating Plasters.  These are by far the best
form  of surface and long continued irritation, al-
though those plasters  whose base  are mercury,
antimony,  etc.,   are generally objectionable  on
account of the depth to  which they penetrate the
tissue, and  their liability to absorption.   But of
all agents vof this class  none equals the compound
tar plaster (emplastrum pices compositum). All the
articles composing this are harmless  and excellent
alteratives,  whose  absorption is  one of the best
effects of the long  continuation  of its  use.  But
this, also, has objectionable points:  First,  it is too
slow in its action for acute diseases, and where an
immediate effect is desired, it becomes important to
precede it with a blister, from which it is necessary
to remove the cuticle, and apply the plaster direct- 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         15
ly to the raw surface in order to insure an im-
mediate formation of pus.   Secotid, it is very  in-
convenient, requiring to be respread every second
or third day.   Third,  the disagreeable odor of tar
is another objection, and although its action is con-
fined entirely to the  dermoid tissue, yet at times it
becomes very painful and inflamed, requiring very
close and skillful management.
  10. Dry Seat. May be applied in several ways.
A convenient and as  easy a manner as any, is to
heat a flat-iron or other convenient article nearly
blistering hot, and  apply to the part where the
counter-irritation is  desired.   The intensity of the
action is easily varied  by the  diminution  or accel-
eration of the heat.
  Objections.   Generally no permanent benefit
arises, because of the unwillingness  of the patient
to be sufficiently acted upon.  Risk of burning too
deeply or not enough, and consequent uncertainty,
and  in  case of thorough action, if the  blood  is
deteriorated or the vitality low, there may be diffi-
culty in healing the  eschar, which may degenerate
into  an unhealthy  sore.  No method of counter-
irritation is more generally objected  to by the sick
than this one—the burning of a patient into a state
of health because he is unfortunately sick.
  In all these generally accepted forms of external
counter-irritants, employed  as local remedies for
some of the derangements of the human system,
we have the simple  intimation only of the exist-
ence of a  grand and most potent agency in itself, 
16
DIRECT MEDICATION
susceptible  of untold good to the human family.
In many instances they have, as local irritants and
suppurating agents, subserved  prominently good
results.
  No disparaging reflections are intended by the
author, for the good they have been the means of
accomplishing.   They were, indeed, the triumphs
of medical genius in their day.  Some of them have
not yet survived  their age  of  usefulness, and will
continue still to be  employed  with advantage, in
the absence of a knowledge of more beneficial and
scientific agencies.  As  the dawn heralds the day,
so these principles constitute the certain prognosis
of a brighter age in the healing  art.  It was never
the destiny of science to stand still.  Jenner him-
self probably never entertained a  conception of
the ulterior results of vaccination, and the benefits
it was  destined to confer on the family of man.
Neither should the principles of vaccination be held
responsible for all the follies of  malpractice in its
indiscreet application.
                  Section 2.
        counter-irritation--continued.
      HAVING in the preceding section considered
      briefly the ordinary agencies employed as local
irritants, with our objections to their  substantial
utility, we  now wish to come directly to the  new
agency, proposed to be introduced in the healing 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.          17
art.  An  external medicated counter-irritant, will
sufficiently express our idea and meaning.  No one
can well misunderstand its  character and  import.
Yet should anything more explicit be deemed desira-
ble,  as  briefly explanatory we might say our new
principle consists  prominently in the introduction
of appropriate medicated agencies into  the human
system,  by a species  of vaccination in a  minute
and  delicate  form of acupuncturation.   By this
method we reach any  local disease through the
cuticle or skin, thence through the tissues, whether
fibrous, cellular, mucous, etc.   And finally, if the
disease  and state of the system  are such as re-
quire it, we reach the entire system by favorably
affecting  the  blood  through absorption,  thereby
cleansing and purifying the fountain itself as the
means of restoring health to the diseased.
   Counter-irritation  then, in its simplest form,
possesses an undisputed potency to produce its le-
gitimate results in the various local applications in
which it is generally used.
   Certain important results are  sought in a correct
application of the principles of counter - irritation,
and depending entirely upon its potency.
   1. Speedy Action.
   2. The power to continue such  action long enough
to gain the entire benefits  sought.  This is done
by carrying the  diversion  so far  as to prevent  a
return of the  abnormal action  to  the original seat
of disease.
   3. The removal of local congestions may be said,
      1* 
18
DIRECT MEDICATION
perhaps, to be,  as in scarifying and cupping, the
result sought here.
  4. The power to produce a formation and dis-
charge of  pus,  is the  last and more  important
benefit  sought to be  derived from the class  of
counter-irritating agents we employ, and which  in
all  probability  constitutes their chief  good  in
chronic diseases. This characteristic has heretofore
been confined to setons, issues, irritating plasters,
etc., but is now rendered subservient,  we think,
to a more  scientific  class of  medicated  elements
and means to produce the desired results.
  But of what benefit is the formation  of pus  in
a particular locality by artificial means ? is  a
question that may  be asked  by those  who have
never investigated the matter.  The benefits aris-
ing from the formation of  pus may  be said to be
three-fold in their character.
  1. The establishment of  an  artificial or tempor-
ary diseased action, whereby
  2, The  real diseased action  is subverted, or  in
other words, it is translated, and
  3, The  seeds  of impurity  are  discharged, the
blood thus purified, and the patient enabled by the
normal forces of nature to recover without impedi-
ment.
  The laws of our  nature  are such that in case of
disorders, where the  greatest  amount of diseased
action exists,  and especially  if there  be a ready
outflow for the  escape of matter that has been
metamorphosed, all their diseased action will cen- 
           BY ACUPUNCTURATION.          19

tre  there, whether  it is produced by the specific
complaint  itself,  or by artificial means, and so
we  are frequently  enabled to cure maladies that
are  considered incurable by the ordinary methods
of internal medication.  It is  generally believed
that in certain diseased conditions the  whole vol-
ume of blood (liquor sanguinis} is  charged to a
greater  or less  degree with  pus-globules,  and
that these require a thorough exosmosis, or, as the
homceopathist would have it, centrifugal force; an
action to eliminate them from  the  system.  The
authority of Carpenter is to the point here in his
work on physiology,  page  596, paragraph 806:
"There is  great  reason to believe that when pus
is introduced into the blood, it may induce such a
change in the character of the fluid as  speedily to
impair  its  vital  properties,  so that  the pus-cor-
pusels will rapidly propagate  themselves  in  the
blood, and the plasticity of the liquor sanguinis
will be  diminished.   In this  manner the whole
system will be seriously affected, and there  will
be  a tendency to deposits of pus in various organs,
especially in those  which, like  the lungs and liver,
serve  as emunctories  to the  system without any
previous inflammatory changes in those parts."
  With this  view it is easy to conceive the bene-
fits of a determination of pus to the surface.
  But the question will arise in the common mind
very frequently,  how  is pus  introduced into  the
blood ?  Facts sustained by the  laws of physiology
will readily answer this question.  By absorption, 
20
DIRECT MEDICATION
is the reply.  Absorption from diseased organs is
the mode of operation, as  in the  case  of cancers,
scrofula, consumption,  etc.  Such is the  special
character of sympathetic relations when contiguity
will permit, that it cannot be otherwise.   The pro-
cess of absorption is one of the most delicate and
finely attenuated principles in  the human  organ-
ism,  designed  for  the  wisest  purposes  in  the
science of animal life.  An adequate  cause will
produce its legitimate effect. So in this instance of
absorption.  The internal, the blood itself, may eas-
ily be  affected  by external pus-producing  causes.
  Another question  will very naturally arise just
here. Do you intend to inculcate the idea that the
proper method  of curing diseases characterized by
internal ulcerations,  deteriorated conditions of the
blood, and the  like,  is by extensive surface or in-
tegumental ulceration f  I do.   The principle is a
reality.   Remove the impurities  of the system,
in the  safest way possible,  always.  And the cer-
tainty of a safer and  surer way of so doing is what
we wish  now to bring to your notice.   We will
not come  to you with blisters for your local mala-
dies, to  be  followed up by irritating plasters,  is-
sues, setons, suppurating lotions,  ointments, etc.;
these are  not the agencies we deem the most satis-
factory to relieve local inflammation, or  to divert
the blood from  congested organs.
  The Renovator, with  its accompanying  fluids,
is  the  agency employed.   Most emphatically, our
confiding  trust  is  in it  as  the  sure  testimony  of 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.
21
long  tried and careful experiments  in a most  suc-
cessful  practice.   Having its  foundation in the
scientific principles of fixed facts, the following are
among  the many reasons  why we have  anchored
our most matured convictions in the solid and  sub-
stantial benefits  of the  Renovator and the medi-
cated agencies inseparable to its utility.
   1. It is the  most convenient and safe form of
counter-irritation that has  ever been introduced or
employed.
   2. It is of a character so simple and plain that
any one will readily understand it  and be capable
of preparing and applying it successfully.'
   3. It is  by  far  the  cheapest arrangement for
counter-irritation ever employed.
   4. Its action is more prompt and energetic than
any thing belonging to this class of agencies.
   5. It is far less objectionable to  the patient and
not in the least filthy or disagreeable.
   6. By properly arranging the fluids with which
it is armed or charged, the Renovator can be made
to fulfill every indication for which this class of
agencies are ever used; for instance, it is rendered
readily obedient to perform simple active irritation
of the skin in the mildest and most gentle form, or
to produce extensive pustulations of the dermoid
tissue, and long continued suppuration,when desired;
its character of action is far superior in every case
and condition when any such agency is demanded
or required^ rendering void and nugatory all forms
of plastering, blistering, cupping, leeching, etc. 
22           DIRECT MEDICATION

  7.  Its action, to produce results, may be contin-
ued at will, from twenty-four hours to twenty days
or upwards.
  Thus, then, we present the reader with an idea of
the new instrumentality for counter-irritation, and
reaching disease by a species of inoculation, or to
hunt up and beard the lion in his den, by what may
be denominated medicated vaccination, as the chief
agency in  the result.   The further action of this
agency in  its practical bearings  will be treated on
in the next chapter.
                CHAPTER II.

              DIRECT  MEDICATION.

    THE spontaneous and direct action of medicinal
      properties, when introduced at once into the
blood, is a fact beyond  all question.  It is a principle
so well established in the common experience of man-
kind,  that it seems almost instinctive in the nature
of our existence.  All persons of ordinary  informa-
tion involuntarily shrink from contact with deadly
poisons, whether vegetable or animal.  The illus-
trations we shall draw  from  nature in pursuing
this subject will, we think, address themselves at
once to the judgment, experience and observation of
every one.   From childhood up, all are taught the 
BY  ACUPUNCTURATION.         23
 improjn-iety of handling or coming in contact with
 poisonous  substances.   The blood is so easily af-
fected by  direct absorption, is  the  reason.  The
 superior action of medicinal properties or actual
 poisons, when introduced  directly into the blood,
 by any sort of puncture, scratch, or real disturbance
 of the skin, as the bite of insects, serpents, poison,etc.,
 is a principle that children themselves understand.
 Hence  the universal allusion to  the  " improper
 state of the blood :"  " your blood is out of order,"
 " purify," "doctor your blood." etc. Almost every
 grade of medical talent has been taxed for ages in
 search of some  superlative panacea for the blood
 consequently the number of internal remedies
 is legion.  Strange as it may seem, the most direct
 and actual method of addressing the blood, by di-
 rect contact  from the external surface, with skill-
 fully prepared medicinal agencies, has never as yet
 arrested the attention  of the great body of the
 medical fraternity.   The question is, then:  Can
 the medicinal agencies adapted  to produce bene-
 ficial results  in the healing  art,  be brought with
 unerring certainty to act favorably in restoring the
 system  to  health, by directly affecting  the blood
 from external means of application ?   Or, is there
 any known effective agency  within our reach that
 may directly accomplish this end?  Our unhesitat-
 ing answer is in the affirmative.  The principle of
 direct and positive medication by form answering
 to, and  means of inoculation, is the  agency through
 which to act upon the blood. Corrosive  poisons, 
24
DIRECT MEDICATION
or any agent positively poisonous  and pernicious
to the human system, is peremptorily discarded as
a medicative remedial agency, whether for external
or internal use.   Every indication of science repu-
diates the poisoning process in the use of medicine,
especially  as an external application by which to
affect the blood. And yet the term " poison" is ex-
ceedingly vascillating in its interpretation.  The
interchangibility of the word leaves it open  to a
great latitude of explanations.   It is indeed more
proper to use it in a relative sense than any other.
The inordinate  use  of any nutrative diet may act
with a poisonous tendency, while some real poisons,
administered with judicious discrimination  in cer-
tain cises,  are  remedial  agencies beyond dispute.
Most volatile  oils may be incorporated with any
convenient vehicle, as oil of peppermint, with sugar
and water, and become a delightful and beneficial
beverage, but should an over-dose be taken,  the re-
sult would be a general vesication of the stomach
and lining  membranes of the  alimentary  canal,
causing destruction of those parts, and consequent
death.   This, as in all cases of relative poisons, is
the result either of too  great a concentration of
power, or over-quantity.
   On the other hand, that agent is positively pois-
onous which, when  given  in large, small,  or me-
dium doses, has the chemical character to  enable
it to combine  with one or more of the  necessary
constituent  elements  of the system, and break up
and destroy their normal condition, forming new 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         25
combinations or compounds, either  hurtful or at
least useless to the  system.  Among these specific
agents may be reckoned mercury, antimony, zinc,
arsenic, lead,  and  copper.  And here it may not
be improper to remark, that during nearly nine-
teen years of industrious  and constant practice, I
have never deemed it necessary to use  a particle
of the above agencies as internal remedies.   From
a careful observation of their  effects in the hands
of the most skillful of my medical brethren, I am
persuaded  that no  necessity whatever exists for
their  employment as medicine.
  Having in the preceding section  touched upon
the new mode  of treating diseases by contra-irri-
tation and suppurative agents only, we now propose
to speak of it as an agent in the treatment of dis-
eases of unique importance. In order to understand
the real value, the  great advantages and superior
fitness of the direct application of medicine in the
manner we suggest, over the old method, we  in-
vite your most careful attention to  the following
elementary truths.  As life is an important matter
with us all, we cannot in  our earthly existence be
too cautious and wise in the selection of all such
truths as  affect our happiness by health here.   To
each individual the world he inhabits  is a whole
world,  and he lives  here only to wisely ripen
for the better world to come.
  Now, then, in the administration  of medicines
internally, the  general advantages gained, are
through the process  of absorption,  or in  other
     2 
26
DIRECT MEDICATION
 words, by the  action of the lymphatics and lac-
 teals, as they take up and convey the medicine into
 the thoracic duct, and it is thereby emptied into
 the angle formed by the  union of the left  sub-
 clavian and jugular veins, and thence conveyed
 into  the   general  circulation,  excepting  such
 articles as act locally,  and produce their effects
 upon the lining membrane  of the stomach and ali-
 mentary  canal of a  strictly mechanical or  local
 character.
   (In its  course the thoracic duct receives the ab-
 sorbant vessels of almost the  whole body).  It is
 then legitimately within the volume of the blood,
 and in a capacity, if it is of a curative nature,  to be
 diluted and  incorporated with that fluid, and  by it
 be conveyed to every portion of the system as a
 messenger of restoration.   But if poison is the
 agent to be  conveyed by the same process, it may
 either become the grim messenger of death or the
 harbinger of disease.
   For every practitioner of medicine knows that
 the measure of action of medicine or food (for food
 is  medicine)  depends entirely upon the condition
 of the absorbants, and that just in proportion as
 these fail  to come up to a  normal standard of ac-
 tion, just  in the same ratio the action of the  med-
icine administered will fall short of its expected
 action and advantages.  How fully is this verified
 in  dyspepsia, tabes, messenterica, etc.  What  prac-
 titioner does not know, also, that in the advanced
 stages of typhoid fever,  a  disease  whose  prin- 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         27
ciple ravages are upon the lining membrane of the
stomach and intestines—a form of disease in which
the gastro-intestinal irritation is generally of that
character to act  sympathetically through the me-
dium  of the pneumogastric and supplying nerves,
and reflect upon the brain so severely as to cause
serious cerebrial disturbance—a disease whose post
mortem or autopsy exhibits  a state of ulceration
along the course  of the intestines, causing such a
condition that as it advances  in its progress, its
victim will bear less and less either of food or
medicine, until it has run its course and terminated
spontaneously, is broken up, or the sufferer finds
relief in death.
  Philosophically speaking, if you administer four
grains of medicine, and one-half of the absorbent
power of the system is  wanting, you will only get
the action of two grains; or if three-fourths of this
function is gone, you will only realize the advant-
ages  of one grain,  etc.  And the  same may be
said of food.
  What practitioner of  medicine has not frequently
found  himself baffled with patients  the  condition
of whose digestive organs were such that the lack
of assimilation, as well  as the  irritability of those
organs, required every exertion and device in order
to prevent the entire shipwreck of such an individ-
ual?   And like the mariner, who is  compelled
during the storm and leakage to unlade, and lastly
discharge even the ballast, and having no strength
remaining  with which to defiantly breast the pow- 
28            DIRECT MEDICATION

erful  waves, he is obliged to carefully drift  and
tack about from time  to time, in hopes the storm
will at last subside, a calm ensue and he thereby get
safely into port and be enabled to repair damages.
Now  in  such a case the  situation is the master,
and not  you the master of the situation.   Such a
condition of  things is  at least very embarassing
to any one of a positive character of mind,  and I
propose, before I get through with this treatise, to
make every one who carefully reads  and puts in
practice  the  truths herein set forth, entire master
of the situation in such  cases of diseased action by
affording them the means to entirely prevent in a
very simple,  but strictly  scientific manner,  a dis-
eased condition from running to any such extreme.
  Mr. Addison tells  us, " if a  drop of pus be
treated  with  liquor potassa,  it entirely loses its
opaque character and becomes clear and transpar-
ent like mucus, with whose tenacity and elasticity
it becomes endowed."  Mucus contains the debris
of the epithelial cells, albuminous, saline  matters,
and water. *     What would be the exact  effect of
the introduction of liquor potassa in considerable
quantities  into the  system so-far as  benefitting it
is concerned, where there is supposed to be a large
amount  of pus-corpuscles in the  blood, you can
   * We do not wish our readers to suppose that pus, by the ad-
dition  of  liqxwr  potassa, becomes mucas,  for while the potassa
breaks down the pus globules and concretes them into a ropy mass,
it entirely  dissolves mucus.  But the attention  is directed to the
actual chemical change that does occur, as you are supposed to be
acquainted with  the important subjects of physiology and chem-
istry. 
BY ACUPUNCTURxVTION.         29
readily see.   And who does not know that in all
such conditions,  in  proportion  to  the abnormal
condition of the liquor sanguinis (blood) the ab-
sorbant and assimilative functions decline in  their
power to act up to a healthy standard;  and if it
should be thought advisable to charge the blood
with this or  any other agent under such circum-
stances, the  chances of success would  be  very
doubtful in the ordinary method of  internal medi-
cation with such a condition of the digestive and
assimilative functions.  A volume could be profita-
bly written upon this subject, but  I only propose
to direct your minds to the idea and then proceed
with the subject more specially under consideration.
  And now supposing we have presented  sufficient
evidence of the superior action of medicines when
introduced directly into  the blood, we now pro-
pose to announce to you the manner  of so doing
by a certain and infallible method,  namely, by in-
oculation.
  We will now take up the subject  of inoculation,
by which we mean the introduction of any poison,
or medicine not essentially poisonous, into any part
of the body, by punctures  in the skin; or it  may
occur through  the action of the cutaneous absorb-
ents.   Vaccination, as introduced by Dr. Jenner,
on the 14th of May, A. D.  1796, consists  in the in-
troduction  of the virus of kine pox  (cow pox),
a pustular disease of cow's  teats, consisting of ves-
icles of blue color, and nearly livid,  elevated at the
margin and depressed at  the top,  and containing 
30
DIRECT MEDICATION
a limpid fluid.  We take this  as the most  import-
ant  illustration of vaccination in  common  use.
This form of diseased action may be as thoroughly
produced by the  introduction of the most minute
particle of virus that will pass into a single punc-
ture produced by the smallest needle, as by thous-
ands of punctures.   So certain is  its action when
introduced directly  into the blood, aud so permeat-
ing in its nature, that on the third  day from its
introduction the wound becomes red and elevated,
on the fifth day the  cuticle is elevated into a pearl-
colored vesicle, containing a thin, transparent fluid,
and the vesiele is perfected by the eighth or ninth
day, changes to a  pustule by the  tenth day, sur-
rounded by a regular areola, accompanied by gen-
eral febrile excitement of the whole system.  (The
febrile action is freqently very mild).   The fore-
going facts are eagerly grasped by homceopathists
as supporting the doctrine of infinitesimal doses or
high attenuations.  But it  really proves  the  re
verse;  for a little reflection will convince any one
that it is not  the quantity but the quality of the
virus that is required, and that the minute particle
of matter constitutes an actual germ of the disease in
an undeveloped form, but without being divided or
subdivided, as in the case of homoeopathic attenua-
tions.  For instance, put one drop of pure vac-
cine virus into a barrel of warm water, and agitate
and  thoroughly incorporate it, and it would be
only diluted about  two million times, which  is  a
very low attenuation, and yet inoculate with this, 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         31
and  no effect will be  produced.   The  reason  is
plain;  when the divisibility of matter is carried
beyond a certain limit, its specific character is lost
or destroyed.   And the fact that the attenuations
of homoeopathy are subject to the uncertain action
of the  digestive and assimilative functions also, in-
stead of having the advantages of direct inocula-
tion  or incorporation into the blood,  still farther
magnifies  the  chimerical character of such  pre-
tended medication.  And it is very doubtful whether
the vaccine disease could be produced  (and cer-
tainly it could not be arrested in its progress) by
the internal administration of this poison.
  But  to proceed with the subject, the next most
clearly demonstrable example may perhaps be said
to be syphilis.   It  has  been the practice in some
of the  capitals of Europe (taking  their cue from
Jenner)  to practice  syphilization, probably the
result of the homoeopathic theory llsimilia  simili-
bus curantur."   But it  has been ascertained that
the slightest puncture of a lancet or other instru-
ment poisoned with this  virus, actually  produces
genuine syphilis;  but who ever heard of the oblit-
eration of a family by the addition, constantly,  of
more children ?
  Now it is very doubtful whether the same con-
sequences could be produced by the  internal ad-
ministration of the same  poison, and certainly the
disease could not  be  so cured,  no matter what
quantity should be given.   The specific character
of any of these poisons will be developed  by being 
32           DIRECT MEDICATION
brought  in  contact with a raw surface, and there
are good reasons to believe that some poisons (and
syphilis is undoubtedly  of this class) will, under
favorable circumstances, be absorbed  by the skin
itself, independently of any punctures but the nat-
ural pores.   With any agent of this class you
would be far  more likely to obtain  the constitu-
tional  action  of  the  poisons, by applying them
to  the  healthy skin  directly, than by their  in-
ternal administration.
  The rhus toxicodendron  and  rhus  radicans
(poison ivy and  poison  sumach) are  among this
class of poisons,  essentially so.
  The milk-like exudation of these  plants at the
time of leafing, if applied to the skin of many per-
sons in the most minute quantity (if unadulterated)
will produce vesication,  followed by suppuration,
which appears  to  become infectious  of itself, act-
ing as a local poison  upon the surrounding parts,
and the  diseased condition thereby continues  to
spread as the matter escapes, and comes in contact
with the healthy  skin.   So  that in all  such  in-
stances  it appears to be self-propagating.  Now
internally you may take  with  impunity a quantity
of the powdered leaves  daily, to the amount of
two to twenty grains,  in  one-half  to four grain
doses; or of the  saturated tincture from one half
to one fluid dram, in doses of five to ten drops at
a time.  Such is the comparative difference whether
it be  employed as an external or internal applica-
tion.  I  have now given  you two examples of the 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         33
animal poisons, the result of diseased action or
specific virus, and two  of vegetable  poisons, the
result of natural structures.  1 now propose to re-
fer briefly to the action of two more poisons of ani-
imal production, or the natural secretions of a rep-
tile and of an insect, namely  the crotalus horridus
(rattlesnake), and the apis mellifica (honey  bee).
  The matchless ingenuity displayed in the pecu-
liar mechanical structure of the apparatus possessed
by the rattlesnake  for the purpose of inoculating
or introducing its  poison (lachisis) into its  vic-
tim, is one of those very striking  illustrations of
the perfection and  adaptation  of the means em-
ployed for the accomplishment of the end intended,
by the boundless wisdom of the Creator.

  " The poison teeth are two in number, one fixed
to each superior maxillary bone (upper jaw-bone).
When not in use they are laid flat upon the roof
of the mouth, and  covered by a kind  of sheath,
formed by the mucus membrane of the palate;
but when the animal is irritated, or about to strike
its prey,  they are plucked up from their conceal-
ment by muscles inserted into the superior maxil-
lary bone, and stand out like two long lancets at-
tached to the  upper-jaw.   Each fang is traversed
by a canal, not, as it is generally described, exca-
vated in the substance of the tooth, but formed by
bending, as it were, the tooth upon itself laterally,
so as to enclose a narrow channel, through which the
poison flows.  The canal so formed opens towards 
34           DIRECT MEDICATION

the base of the tooth by a large  triangular orifice,
but at the opposite extremity it terminates near the
point of the fang by a narrow longitudinal fissure
(a slit).  The gland wherein the poison is  elabor-
ated occupies  the  greater part of the temporal
fossa (depression in the temporal bone), and is in-
closed in a white and tendinous  capsule; the sub-
stance  of  the organ is spongy,  and composed of
cells communicating  with its secretory duct, by
which the venom is conveyed to the opening at the
base of the fang.  The poison-gland is covered by
a strong process of the temporal muscle, which is
attached to a thin aponeurotic line  (tendinous ex-
pansion). The greater portion  of the fibres of this
muscle take their origin from the capsule of the
Secreting apparatus, which they partially envelop,
and then winding round all  the posterior (back)
part of the gland, and passing behind the commis-
sure (point of union) of the lips, the lower part of
the muscle is firmly implanted into the lower jaw,
very far anterior (before) to the angle of the mouth.
The process  of the temporal muscle which  thus
surrounds the gland is very thick and strong,  so
that it is  easy to imagine with what force the poi-
son will by this mechanism  be  injected into  the
wounds inflicted by the fangs, seeing that the same
muscles which close the jaw at the same time com-
press the bag of venon  with  proportionate en-
ergy."
  The poison of the rattlesnake, when introduced
directly into the blood by punctures, or taken into 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         35
the system by way of the mouth, exhibit the same
disproportion of action or result as  is seen in all
agents employed in the two ways, e. g. lachesis (the
poison) may be taken internally in doses of from
one half to  a drop at a time without any percepti-
ble effect farther than slight nausea and giddiness;
while the least particle  of the poison injected into
the body by the snake, or even inoculated into it
accidentally, unless  promptly attended  to  with
proper antidotes, will prove fatal.  An instance of
this character in the  State of New York is to the
point.  A few years ago  occurred a circumstance
which  was  at  the time  published  in the public
prints  and  well authenticated, and which is  still
vivid in the minds of many of the  older  class of
eastern people, fully illustrating the difference  in
manifest potency between the action of a medicine
when taken by the mouth in the ordinary way,  or
having been absorbed from the  surface  and there-
by entering directly into the blood.
  A gentleman was bitten  by a rattlesnake, the fang
passing through the leg of his boot, and he died of
the bite.  The  fang was not noticed, being broken
and left in the leather.  Some years  after this, the
lady of the  deceased man  again married, and hus-
band No. 2, in attempting to wear the boots of
husband No. 1, scratched his leg on the point of
the broken fang.   Inflammation soon set in, and
the parties, being at  fault in regard to the cause,
instituted no proper course to arrest the  progress
of the poison, and husband No. 2 also died; a sub- 
36
DIRECT MEDICATION
sequent investigation discovered  the point of the
fang and the real cause of the calamity.
  Now this fully illustrates the superior power of
a medicine when introduced  into the integument
and  taken up by  obsorption and caried  directly
into  the blood, over the action of the same  agent
when internally  administered.
  We now come  to speak of the Apis Mellifica
(Honey Bee), and as we have fully illustrated the
position we set out to prove, we shall be very brief.
  First then every one is  acquainted with  the
powerful  effects of the bee  poison  when carried
through or into  the skin by  the puncture of this
insect.  It is always most distressing, and in some
cases has  proved fatal.  Now the  size of the bee,
and  the structure of the stinger, are such as to pre-
lude the possibility of there being but a very small
quantity of the venom introduced into the flesh of
the victim, as no known process of injection is in
this  case carried on, but the supposition is, that all
the poison introduced adheres to  the barbed wea-
pon  of the insect, and if so, would probably not be
the  thousandth part of one drop.   But  internally,
this  poison has been enqaloyed as a  medicine in a
manner at least to establish the fact, that the  sys-
tem  will thus bear it in considerable quantities and
not  produce any similar effects.
  To instance the fact, the virus of the honey bee
has  been advantageously employed  in  febrile dis-
eases, also in various diseases of the kidneys, and
in some uterine affections, and as an abortive agent. 
           BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         37

And the dose, compared with the  amount inocul-
ated by the stinger, is enormous, and exhibits the
same difference of effect in favor of the direct in-
corporation into the blood over the administration
by the mouth,  that is so clearly set  forth in the
preceding  examples as illustrations.   The dose of
the saturated tincture of the honey  bee  is from
five to fifteen drops from three to six times per day,
and  I have  given as high as  one hundred and
fifty drops in twenty-four hours, without producing
any serious consequences.
                CHAPTER  HI.

                the renovator.
    THIS is an instrument the utility of which is
      expressed in its name.
  As  to  the adaptation, character and importance
of this little instrument, I subjected it to the most
rigid trial possible, in order to determine  its utility,
in my practice,  many years before I applied for
letters patent for it.  In no single instance where
the nature of the case would justify its application
have I found it to fail of the most beneficial results
in treating  a great variety of forms of disease.
  By  a proper employment of this instrument  the
whole human organism may be more thoroughly 
38
DIRECT MEDICATION
cleansed from  diseased  action  by removing all
impurities from the blood, than by any or all other
remedial agencies usually employed for such pur-
poses.   The demonstration of facts becomes the
highest form of evidence to  a reasoning  mind in
search of truth.  Such demonstrations, rather than
the volunteered statement of  a  self-interested in-
ventor and  author, is what we ask of a disinter-
ested public mind.
  The only notoriety I  am ambitious  of in this
matter, is what  may be built  upon  practically
demonstrated  facts in the  case.   If  the  public
good is to be subserved by an acquaintance with
any new agency by means of which the ravages of
contagious  and other  diseases  may  be averted,
then, certainly, it is  the special  interest of the
public mind to institute the  most rigid examina-
tion  between  cause and  effect, when any sanitary
agencies are proposed as affecting the conditions
of the health of society. And I shall  most con-
fidently rely upon the equity of the public  judg-
ment when measures may be instituted to determine
the relative value between this new method and
the old one in contagious diseases like the cholera,
etc.,  as well as to conditions of  health under cir-
cumstances  of minor importance  touching  the
general interests.   We  do  not fear, but  court
investigation and  trial to its fullest extent.
  The  examination of the Renovator will  at once
show how well adapted it is for the ends intended.
In the mechanism of thepuncturers you will observe 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         39
their compound character, containing the principle
of delicate  and nicely adjusted tubes or ducts by
juxtaposition.  Each  duct and  puncturer,  as so
many separate and distinct  sets, work separately
and  independently of each other in their action.
Then, again, it is constructed so that each and every
set of the combined tubes and punctures may be
adjusted out  or in, varying  from  ^j- to £ of an
inch, in order to fulfil every desirable end intended
in its use.
   In the use of the  Renovator it must first be
supplied, charged, or, more properly, as we use the
term, armed  with the necessary  fluids.   These
fluids are to be conveyed through the ducts of the
fine  puncturers when used,  and by this method
deposited at the bottom of each incision made. In
this way, with whatever medicated substance the
Renovator  is charged or armed, we aim to reach
the  blood by as mild or  as  intense a method as
the  nature  of the case demands.   And by  this
device we are also enabled to employ almost  any
medicinal agent we desire, as its vehicle of virtue
to the  fountain of life itself, the blood.  By the
law  of inoculation, now  so  well  understood, we
are enabled to introduce directly into the blood all
the  properties of medical agents, attenuated or
concentrated at our will, and realize their benefits
fully, fitly and absolutely,  by  the direct line of
cause  and  effect,  more than by or through  any
other channel known to the medical faculty. Laws
long since  established, meriting our pleasing ad- 
40
DIRECT MEDICATION
 miration, have conducted  us  to the self-inherent
 ends  they were so wisely designed to fulfil.  The
 grateful homage of mortals requiring medications,
 and those interested in their results, will flow back
 in  due  time  as so many  tributaries  of  sacred
 memories to the name of Jenner, the great apostle
 of vaccination.
  By the  laws of inoculation,  now so well  sus-
 tained,  we are enabled by means of  the  delicately
 adjusted Renovator  to  introduce  any appropriate
 medication directly into the blood, so as to obtain
 the three-fold action of counter-irritation, integu-
 mental  ulceration  and  direct  medication.   And I
 repeat in substance what  I have elsewhere said,
 that the action of medicines directly inoculated
 into the blood, are very far superior  in their mode
 and tendencies  to the action  of the same agents
 when taken by the mouth into the stomach, in the
 old and ordinary method of medication, to affect the
 blood.
  Investigators  of  the  laws  connected with ap-
 plications of this  kind in  the  administration of
 medical  compounds and  constituents, will find
 opened  before them a broad and  fruitful field. The
 quality, quantity and adaptation of medicinal pro-
perties,  as well as the condition,  circumstances and
susceptibility of the patient, are all  to be subjects
 of careful reflection and mature  deliberation.
  The cost of medicines, the  mere finance, as
involved in a dose of medicine, in the hands of a
noble-souled practitioner, as he stands by the bed- 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.          41
side of his patient, is never dreamed of.  The  inci-
dent is infinitely too trifling as a matter of note.
Yet the  gross  amount  consumed in an extensive
practice awakens an interest of no little magnitude
with any discreet  physician.  To  institute a fit
comparison then, to show the relative difference of
cost of drugs per year in the old and new method,
we will say that a physician in a practice requiring
$400 worth of drugs in a year in the old way, will
by this method require in the same practice not to
exceed the worth of $50, and, what will  be  still
better, with far more satisfactory results.  A trial
is all that is necessary to  demonstrate these facts.
Truthful  conclusions, however, as to the pathology
and prognosis  of medical administration, towers
above all else  besides, and readily determines the
character and  genius of the practitioner.    The
result of all his manly inquiry is Scientific Truth,
since, as  fitly expressed, "the eternal years of God
are her's."
  As  to  the capacity and  characteristics of the
Renovator,  the following items  may satisfy the
inquiry, when  the instrument itself may not be at
hand for  an  examination:
   1.  It is small, can be conveniently carried in the
vest pocket.
   2.  Can easily be filled with any kind of fluid
designed to  be used.
   3.  Can readily change its  contents, purify  and
refill with any other kind of fluid desired.
2* 
42           DIRECT MEDICATION

  4.  Closes  up very nicely so  as  to remain clean,
and exclude foreign properties of every kind.
  5.  Contains no large quantity of wood, cotton,
or other substances of like  character, inside, to
retain the fluids beyond the power of displacement,
if desired, as in the case of other acupuncturing
instruments.
  6.  It  is durable,  convenient and cheap, and of
material not liable to corrode.

                  the fluids.
  As to the fluids, it is only  necessary to remark
that they are composed most commonly of such
medicinal properties  as  are recommended in the
treatment of diseases  hereafter set  forth.  They
are arranged, compounded and chemicalized,  and
resolved into their fluid form  upon the strict prin-
ciples of scientific proportions and chemical adapta-
tion.
  Their specific and legitimate tendencies are de-
signated by the numbers used to determine  their
medicinal character and practical adaptation.
  We only add further thattin none of our fluids
will  be found  any preparation  of lead, copper,
zinc, arsenic, antimony or mercury.   Those who
use such agents must alone be responsible for their
results.   We prefer a wiser and safer  way.  (See
Chap. 5.) 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         43
                CHAPTER IV.

           ORIGIN OF THE RENOVATOR.
    THE idea of employing medicines to  any con-
      siderable  extent as  an external remedy for
diseases, first  occurred to  me  in  the year 1852,
while practicing  medicine  in  Jackson Co., Mich-
igan.   A very severe and almost fatal case of con-
gestion  of the  lungs  demanded my  earnest and
prompt  attention.  In casting around  for some ac-
tive remedy, it occurred to me  that some external
agency to produce a severe irritation would  mate-
rially aid my further attacks upon  the internal foe
—seemingly  so  defiant of all  other approaches.
Hence, taking my scarificator from my  pocket, I
lubricated the blades with a compound of the oils
of capsicum, lobelia, cinnamon, etc., and applied it
to the fleshy portion of the chest over the  region
of the lungs.   The result was almost instantaneous
relief, to my own surprise.  But this circumstance
at once  suggested  to my mind  the expediency of
bringing out an  instrument suitable for external
application in various forms of diseases.
  The instrument I then immediately made was
composed of six sets of lancets—two comprising a
set placed side by side, one-eighth of an inch apart
at their base, but converging until  their points
came together, yet the point of one blade extend- 
44
DIRECT MEDICATION
ing a very trifle beyond the other, in order to  do
the puncturing with only one point.  By the time
this fine point  entered the true skin the  shorter one
would pass through the epidermis, separating the
incision so as to allow the fluid  to enter for its de-
posit, as it flowed down between the blades.
  The  body of the instrument was composed of
common tinners' solder, containing a diaphragm—a
feed opening  for the fluid—and a floor near the
points of the puncturers with holes, through which
they projected as they were gauged.
  This imperfect instrument was of great value to
me in  a great many cases, when I could prevail
on  my  patients to allow me to use it, and really
fulfilled all the indications for which counter-irri-
tants were employed.
  Sometimes I applied it by gently tapping on the
surface, and at other times by drawing the instru-
ments over the parts to be irritated in a manner to
have the blades slightly cut the skin.
  But on account of the severity of this rude in-
instrument, I was compelled after a time to nearly
abandon its use.  Yet this same simple device was
to me the stepping-stone to a principle of substan-
tial importance, and has been  carefully preserved
as a relic of other days. At that  time, however,
I did not  realize its true value, as since taught me
by years of study, and experience in its application
with compounds philosophically and appropriately
arranged  for  the curing of diseases  by directly
affecting the blood. 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         45
  In  using an instrument  of this character, the
suggestion forcibly arises  in the mind of any med-
ical gentleman well  acquainted with the  physio-
logical action of virus of any kind when transmit-
ted from one individual  to another—whether in
applying a set of puncturers to  the  person of an
individual  in whose blood exists a specific virus—
will  there  not be  a  very  strong probability of a
transmission of the infection to  second parties f
I answer freely that  the objection is a vital one to
all instruments whose perforaters are packed with
such like articles as cotton, and pass through cloth
before entering the  skin—and  more especially  if
they are constantly penetrating through the cap-
ping, and  thence  into  the  skin, and then being
withdrawn, and, as  it were, being  wiped on the
cloth, thereby leaving the virus accumulated on it,
and the next time  the punctures pass through it
they will undoubtedly receive minute particles of
whatever virus was present and  convey it into the
second  person.  But by  reference to chapter 5,
"How to  clean the Instrument," the reader will
find  all these objections  met,  or fully  provided
against.  Again, my present instrument has sharp
cutting edges from  points  of punctures to upper
portion of bevel, and therefore enters the skin with
much greater ease and far less pain than  can be
done by round needles.  Again, they are so arranged
as to act  as  a duct or tube, thereby freely con-
veying the medicament with which the diaphragm
is filled, directly to the bottoms of  the  incisions. 
46
DIRECT MEDICATION
Again, there being no absorbent packing inside, as
cotton, etc., the fluid may easily all be removed
from the chamber, and  another, of different char-
acter, readily introduced, which is an inestimable
desideratum in an  instrument of this character.
This, it  is easily seen, would not  be the case with
an  instrument containing an agent capable  of
retaining a considerable  portion of the  fluid last
employed, and which is now required to be replaced
by another, capable of fulfilling  entirely different
indications.
                CHAPTER V.


    HOW TO USE AND CLEAN THE RENOVATOR.
  1. Remove the cap and then the cork from the
small end of the instrument, introduce the kind of
fluid  you intend to use, cork up  and wipe off any
waste portion of the  fluid.  The small cap  may
remain off during the process of using.
  2. Invert the  Renovator with  small end down-
wards, retaining it in this position while removing
the cap  from the large end.
  3. Now you will set out the punctures or needles
by  the  set  screw at the  opposite  end,  to any
distance your judgment may dictate, say T^  of an
inch.  The Renovator in this condition is now ready
for  use. 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         47
   4.  The process of using is  exceedingly simple.
Its application is by gently tapping the puncturers
freely all over the surface you desire to affect.
   5. Having used the Renovator, you will now set
out  the needles  still further, say -^ of an inch, for
the  purpose of cleaning it.  This done, you will
turn  the large or puncturing end downwards and
remove the cork  from the small end, so as to intro-
duce air and enable the fluid to flow freely down
upon the points of the needles through their aper-
tures.  Now  hold the  tip of the index finger on
the feedhole, while you  repeatedly and briskly tap
the needles upon  the even surface of several folds
of cotton cloth.   This  will  effectually clean the
points of the needles from  all impurities and pre-
vent  the  possibility of  their  transmitting  any
infected properties  from one  human system to
another.
   6. The puncturers being now thoroughly cleaned
after  using,  you  will  set them  back  out of
sight in the instrument  by the  gauge or set screw,
so as to be positive that  their points will not be
injured by  the  cap when  replaced.   Bear it
distinctly in mind that the large cap should never
be screwed on to its place while the needles pro-
trude outwards, and neither should the needles be
set out while the cap is on,  lest in either case the
sharp points be broken or materially damaged.
   The changing  of fluids, closing up the  instru-
ment, wiping and caring   for, will  all suggest
themselves to any one of ordinary reflection. 
48
DIRECT MEDICATION
                CHAPTER  VI

TREATING DISEASE--THE FLUIDS, THEIR ADAPTA-
               TION AND NUMBER.
   IN a very large proportion of diseases treated
     by  me for several years past by the new
method, I have found them to yield  to the potency
of the several fluids I have adopted with a readi-
ness of action that has really astonished me.  Their
beneficient  and sanitary  effects, when  properly
applied, leave no room for doubt, but the cure of
disease by the process of acupuncturation and the
fluids attendant as the  inoculating element, is far
more speedy and certain  than  can possibly  be
affected by the internal administration of medicine
alone.
  And yet such is the incredulity of man under  a
given condition of things, that in this case I  have
deemed it for the best to blend my old method of
treating  diseases with  internal remedies, to some
extent, with the external method.
  In employing many of the prescriptions, here-
after  given  in  this treatise, I have only adminis-
tered them as simple auxilaries to  the  use of the
Renovator, for the purpose  of filling up the inevi-
table chasm,  so to speak, in the prejudices of
society.  The  public have been educated to think
and  believe there exists no  possible  method  of 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.          49
healing human  maladies  only by swallowing an
untold and unlimited amount of  drugs, no matter
for the applause of the patient's palate, or its open
revolt, the thing must be swallowed down, " the
doctor knows best."   Now,  certainly,  no blame
can  be attached to  public opinion in this regard,
for the innocent origin of  the cause of this state of
things.  To change  these affairs  is  very difficult
for the following reasons:
   1.  Physicians have been accustomed to give, and
the people to receive, medicines with unquestioning
confidence on both sides, and hence the  difficulty
to produce any sudden change.
   2.  There exist many cases  in  truth, that may
be benefitted by the use of internal medicine con-
jointly with the  Renovator.  Some  conditions
indeed render  it  actually necessary that both,
internal and external  remedies, be conjointly em-
ployed, to effect the end  intended as  a safe and
sure  remedy.
   It  is not  intended  that the Renovator and the
fluids  employed, shall be  adored  as   the sine
qua non of all medical intelligence.   We bring no
deifying sentiments as tributes before the shrine of
some Utopian god, whose healing power is final for
all the maladies of mortal  man.
  The fluids, as the best medical compounds in
my power, to originate  upon  any scientific  prin-
ciple, to be used with the acupuncturing instru-
ment, I call the Renovator,  and the method of their
application have invariably produced such bene-
     3 
50
DIRECT MEDICATION
ficial and  sanitary results, that I am satisfied to
commend  them in-  all confidence as worthy at
least of their chances to public favor, when  tested
within their legitimate sphere of remedial  appli-
ances.
  In the use of the Renovator, it is required to
employ  a  number of medicated compounds to
render its  adaptation proper.  These  agents must
from necessity be  so  classified as to meet the gen-
eral indications manifested by different  forms of
disease,  as always met  within  the practice of
physic.
  The fewer in number of these fluids, the better,
providing their constituents and compounds  are of
the class and character to fully justify their use in
the ends sought.   To insure this result, there must
be some  general principles  of  diseased action, cor-
responding with the several compounds employed,
and the specific character and  tendency of the ele-
ments composing the  fluids, to produce the results
intended.
  I have aimed to  illustrate the method and extent
by which the agency of the Renovator and fluids
are capable of removing obstructions consequent
upon diseased action.
  For the convenience of ready comprehension by
the common mind, however, I  will divide and clas-
sify diseased action into three general branches:
  1. Diseases characterized by general febrile  and
inflammatory action, as fevers generally.
  2. Diseases whose  forms are  characterized by 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         51
 local inflammatory action, as local inflammations,
 congestion, etc.
   3. All classes of disease confined  more  particu-
 larly to the stomach or any other  portion of the
 alimentary canal.
   By the above classification of diseases,  then, it
 will be understood that the fluids form a trio, and
 that a harmony of results is sought in the  blended
 trinity, diseases and fluids.
   The fluids, then, are three in number, simply for
 convenience in reaching results adapted  in  the
 nature  of cause and  effect.
   Fluid JVb.  1.  This fluid is employed in all  the
 forms of fever in general.
   Fluid JVo.  2.   This fluid  is  adapted  and  in-
 tended  for all congestions, extravasations and local
 inflammations, as well as for  many forms  of skin
 disease, affecting the general surface.  When  the
 puncturers are applied to diseased conditions of the
 skin, they  generally  penetrate more deeply than
 the diseased action extends, and hence by contact
 with  and through the surface  and  skin, the fluid
 tends to  change the condition  of those parts, as
 well as  to act upon the general  absorbent  system,
 and by this method causes a change from a morbid
 condition to a more healthy and vital one.
  Fluid JVo. 3. This is employed in all forms of
bowel   diseases,  as   cholera,  cholerine,   cholera
morbus, diarrhoea,  dysentery, etc.
  This  fluid in its  intense external action  may
extend to the whole surface of the body, removing 
52
DIRECT MEDICATION
at once  all internal  excitement  and  irritation,
arresting the centralizing  tendencies common to
those diseases, and by absorption of the fluids, the
diseased  action  is removed, the nervous energies
are restored and the general circulation is again
equalized.
  In the further details of  the practice, as offered
in these pages, I trust the reader will readily com-
prehend the instrument, fluids and medicine gen-
erally required for their successful and satisfactory
appliance.
               CHAPTER VH.

IN WHAT FORM DO  MEDICINES  ACT MOST IN HAR-
             MONY WITH NATURE ?
       WE will first answer this inquiry by saying,
        in that form in which they are  the most
completely soluble in the stomach, and  therefore
within the reach of immediate absorption. We will
now go on  to  give our own limited views  of the
laws that govern this condition of medicines, or
what is required in order to have medicines within
the reach of the absorbent and assimilative powers
of the stomach and bowels.  All highly concen-
trated agents that are of an irritating, vesicating,
or eschorotic nature, whether of animal, mineral, or
vegetable origin, unless so prepared by being com-
pounded with  some soluble agent which will di-
vide and  subdivide  their particles, and so unite 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         53
with them as to render them immediately soluble
in the fluids of the stomach, thereby destroying
their power for local action under the law of chem-
ical destruction or change, will, when received into
the stomach, act upon  its mucous lining and pro-
duce  a greater or less degree of local destruction
of that membrane, and, if an agent of very active
power, it will generally extend its ravages  to the
serous and  muscular tissues of the  organ,  doing
great mischief.  I have no doubt but a very large
share of the cases of acute gastritis  (acute inflam-
mation  of the stomach), so  frequently met with
under the  practice  of emphatically heroic  physi-
cians, and especially those  cases  presenting them-
selves after or during a course  of heroic medica-
tion, are the result strictly of ignorance upon this
subject.   Thus reader,  the  doctor  often creates,
instead of curing, your maladies.
   Again, medicines  that are of a nature to be in-
soluble in  the stomach, not  only are of frequent
detriment to  the  patient,  but fail (from want  of
being in a condition to become absorbed and assim-
ilated)  to  render any assistance in the  cure or
alleviation  of the  malady for  which they were
given.  Now the unobstructed vis medicatrix na-
tural  is far  better than such a course of unwise in-
termeddling.  In  other  words,  to do  nothing  is
preferable  to doing  no good and some harm; and
those not  giving a full share of attention  to this
subject had better adopt homoeopathy and admin-
ister sugar pills, or, Dr. Jennings like, give "bread
pills and colored water." 
54
DIRECT MEDICATION
  Some  concentrated  medicines  are unirritating
and incapable of doing local injury.  Quinine, sal-
icine corni,  hydrastin,  geranin,  etc.,  are  of this
class.  Still for want of soluble power (power to
dissolve), and agents of this  class not being prop-
erly combined with a proper  assistant solvent, the
stomach  fails in its efforts  to  reduce  them  to a
condition necessary for their  beneficial effects, and
not having  the expected action, the practitioner
takes bis own ignorance  of organic laws  as  evi-
dence against them, condemning not  only the med-
icines as worthless, but the manufacturer as a de-
ceiver and scoundrel.
   Concentrated medicines   are  very  convenient,
when we consider  that we can get the  strength of
a pound  of podophyllum (mandrake), or pytholacca
(scoke), etc., in an  ounce bottle, or that of two
pounds   of  hydrastis  (golden  seal), sanguinaria
(blood root), caulophyllum   (blue cohosh), Scutel-
laria (scull  cap),  etc.,  in the  same sized bottle,
and  only have  to pay the  transportation on so
small a package instead of paying for the same or
double the number of pounds  that there are ounces,
and a much larger proportion of bulk.  If we only
know how to make  proper  use of them after we
get them, all will  be well, and all parties  will be
the gainers  by the operation.  I  will here remark
that in the  greater majority of conditions Nature
has undoubtedly,  in her distribution of medicinal
power, combined it in its varied and multiform con-
ditions in the juices of plants, etc., in a proportion 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         55
or  ratio of strength  properly  adapted  to  the
solvent and absorbent power of the human stomach.
But  there  certainly can be no  objections in the
minds of reasoning  persons to  improving by art
what nature has done, by throwing  away some of
the gross matter with which nature has combined
her healing treasures; certainly not if other  and
better articles are incorporated with the medicinal
virtues of such agents instead.   Now podophyllum
yields about one-sixteenth part of its weight in
active principle, or  one  ounce of podophyllin to
the pound of dried roots.   Now it is undoubtedly
safe to thoroughly triturate sixteen grains of white
sugar with one grain of podophyllin and thus ad-
minister it; but still I prefer to employ from thirty
to forty grains  of the  sugar to  the grain of med-
icine (white  sugar  is  undoubtedly  as  good an
agent as exists with which to  dilute  medicines),
although our homoeopathic friends, in the  attenu-
ation of what they choose  to  call glanderine  and
farcine,  etc., employ the  mucilage  of gum  arabic.
"Glanders, the malignant catarrh of the horse,  and
farcy, which is tertiary glanders. * * * *  By the
aid of an experienced veterinary surgeon  (* * *)
procure in small dram bottles  the matter from the
nose and from  the lungs of infected horses, imme-
diately after their destruction."  (JVorth American
Homoeopathic Journal.)  This and kindred dain-
ties  they direct to have diluted with the gum  ara-
bic mucilage,  etc.,  but as  we do  not employ as 
56
DIRECT MEDICATION
medicines such good things, we will leave them to
prepare and use them as they see fit.
  Again, concentrated medicines, such as are meas-
urably  insoluble in the stomach,  whether of an
organic nature to do local  injury to that organ or
not, will, on account of their extreme tardiness of
solution, fail  to manifest their action, and  a quan-
tity that will have no  perceptible action when ad-
ministered clear, will  often  act promptly when
combined properly with assistant solvents.  Rea-
ders, whoever you may be, that intend to give much
internal medicine, study carefully three things, viz.:
never give anything that can do your patients  con-
stitutional  injury,—study to give your medicines
with the least possible inconvenience to the recip-
ients,—and endeavor honestly to procure the most
speedy recovery possible under the circumstances.
These, strictly observed,with a liberal medical edu-
cation and good judgment, you must, you certainly
will succeed.
               CHAPTER VIII.

                   BATHING.
    THE  important part performed by the human
     skin in  the  process  of sustaining  life and
health, is such as to render it second in importance
to no other organ  of the body.   Its  innumerable
excretory ducts are so important in their functions, 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         57
that it is admitted to be a fact that  life cannot be
maintained any material length of time  with the
distraction of one-third of the surface of the body.
Or, by covering the  body with an  impervious sub-
stance, so as to prevent the escape of matter that
is in process of elimination, will very speedily have
an observable effect upon the individual so covered,
and  if allowed long to remain, will soon produce
serious consequences.   And the absorbent powers
of the skin are no less important  to life than the
exhalent powers.
  And the power of this organ to properly per-
form its functions is  dependent entirely upon the
condition in  which  it is  kept.  In regard to the
power of the skin for absorption, Carpenter, page
502, §676, says:  "The mucous membrane of the
alimentary canal is by  no means the only channel
through which nutritive or other substances may '
be introduced into the circulating apparatus.  The
lymphatic system is present in all animals which
have a lacteal system,  and the two evidently con-
stitute one set of vessels.  The lymphatics, how-
ever, instead  of commencing on the intestinal
walls, are distributed through the  greater part  of
the body, especially on the skin; their origins can-
not be clearly traced, but they seem in general to
form a plexus  in the  substance of the tissues, from
which the convergent trunks arise.   After passing,
like  the  lacteals,  through a series of glandular
bodies (the precise nature of which will be present-
ly considered, § 682),  they empty their contents 
58
DIRECT MEDICATION
into the same receptacle with the lacteals, and the
mingled products of both pass into the sanguiferous
system.  We find in the skin, also,  a most copious
distribution of capillary blood-vessels, the arrange-
ment of which is by no means  unlike that  of the
blood-vessels of the alimentary canal; and its sur-
face is further extended by the elevations that form
the sensory papillae, which  are in many points com-
parable to the intestinal villi, although  their spe-
cial function is so different.  In the lowest tribes
of animals,  and in  the  earliest condition  of the
higher, it would seem as if absorption by the ex-
ternal surface is  almost equally important  to the
maintenance of life  with that  which takes place
through  the internal reflection  of  it, forming the
walls of  the digestive cavity.   In the  adult condi-
tion of the higher animals, however,  the special
function  of the latter is so much exalted that it
usually supercedes the necessity of f*ny other sup-
ply; and the  function of  the  cutaneous and pul-
monary surfaces may be considered as rather that
of exhalation  than of absorption.  But  there are
peculiar conditions of the system in which the ex-
hibition of fluid through these  surfaces is perform-
ed with great  activity,  supplying  what  would
otherwise be a most  important deficiency.  It may
take place  either through the direct application of
fluid  through the surface, or  even through the
medium of atmosphere, in  which a  greater  or less
proportion of watery vapor is usually dissolved.
This absorption occurs most vigorously  when the 
           BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         59

system has been drained of its fluid, either by an
excess  of excretions,  or by  a diminution of the
regular supply."  Again, § 677 :  "It may be desir-
able to  adduce some individual cases which will
set this function in a  striking point  of view; and
those may be first noticed in whioh  the absorption
took place through the contact of liquids with the
skin.  It  is well known  that shipwrecked sailors
and others who are suffering from thirst, owing to
the want of fresh water, find  it greatly alleviated,
or altogether relieved, by dipping their clothes
into the sea and putting them on while still wet,
or by frequently immersing their own bodies. Dr.
Currie relates the case of a patient laboring under
dysphagia (difficulty  of swallowing) in its most
advanced stage, the introduction of any  nutriment
whatever, either fluid or solid, into the stomach,
having  become  perfectly impracticable.   Under
these melancholy circumstances, an attempt was
made to prolong his existence by the exhibition of
nutritive  enemata (injections), and  by immersion
of the body, night and morning, in a bath of milk
and water.  During the  continuance of this plan,
his  weight, which  had  been previously rapidly
diminishing,  remained stationary,  although the
quantity of excretions was increased. How much
of the absorption, which must have been effected
to replace the amount of excreted fluid,  is to be
attributed to  the baths, and how much to the
enemata, is not easy to say;  but it is important to
remark  that the thirst  which  was  troublesome 
60           DIRECT MEDICATION
during the  first  days of the patient's abstinence,
was abated, and, as he declared, removed  by the
tepid bath, in which he had the most grateful sen-
sations."  "It cannot be doubted," Dr. Currie ob-
serves, " that the discharge by stool and perspira-
tion exceeded the weight of the clysters; and the
loss by the urinary secretion, which increased from
24 oz. to 36 oz. under this system, is only to be ac-
counted for by the cutaneous absorption."    Dr. S.
Smith  mentions that a man, who had lost nearly
3  lbs.  by perspiration  during  an hour  and  a
quarter's labor in a very hot atmosphere, regained
8 oz. by immersion in a warm bath at 95° for half
an hour.   The experiments of Dr.  Madden (Prize
Essay on Cutaneous Absorption,  pp. 59-63) show
that a positive increase usually takes  place in the
weight of the body during immersion in the warm
bath,  even though there is at the same time a loss
of weight by pulmonary exhalation, and by trans-
udation* from the skin.
  This increase was  in some instances as much as
5  drams  in  half  an hour;   whilst  the  loss of
weight during the previous half  hour had been 6|
drams, so that, if the same rate of loss  were con-
tinued in the bath,  the real  gain by absorption
must have been nearly an ounce and a half. Why
this gain was much less  than in  the  cases  just
   * That part of the function of cutaneous transpiration, which con-
sists in simple exhalation, is of course completely checked by such
immersion ; but that which is the result of an actual secretory process
in the cutaneous glands is increased by heat, even though this be
accomplished with moisture. 
BY  ACUPUNCTURATION.          61
alluded to, is  at once accounted for  by the fact
that there was no deficiency in the latter cases of
the fluids  naturally present in the body.
  § 678.   "The quantity of water which may be
imbibed from the vapor of the  atmosphere would
exceed beliefs, were  not the facts  on which the
assertion  rests  beyond all question.    Dr. Dill
relates the case of a diabetic  patient,  who for five
weeks  passed 24 lbs.  of  urine each  twenty-four
hours; his ingesta during the same period amounted
to 22 lbs.  At the commencement  of the disease
he weighed 145 lbs.,  and when he died 27 lbs.  of
loss  had  been sustained.  The daily excess of the
excretions over the ingesta could not have been
less  than 4 lbs., making 140 pounds for the  thirty-
five  days  during which the complaint lasted.   If
from this  we deduct the amount of diminution
which the weight of the body sustained during the
time, we  shall still have 113 lbs. to be accounted
for, which can only have entered the body from
the atmosphere.   A case of ovarian  dropsy has
been recorded, in which it was observed that the
patient, during eighteen days, drank 692 ozs. or 43
pints of fluid, and that she discharged by urine
and by paracentesis (taping) 1,298 ozs. or 91 pints,
which  leaves a balance of 606 ozs. or  38 pints, to
be similarly accounted for."
  The  following remarkable fact is mentioned by
Dr. Watson, in  his Chemical Essays:  " A  lad at
Newmarket, having been  almost starved, in order
that he might  be reduced to a proper weight for 
62
DIRECT MEDICATION
 riding a match, was weighed at 9 a. m., and again
 at  10  a. m. ; and he was found to have gained
 nearly 30 ozs. in weight in the course of this hour,
 though he had only drank half a glass of wine in
 the interim."
  "A parallel instance was related to the author by
 the late Sir G. Hill, then governor of St. Vincent.
 A jockey had been for some time in training for  a
 race, in which that gentleman was much inter-
 ested, and had been reduced to the proper weight.
 On the morning of the trial, being much oppressed
 with thirst, he  took one  cup of tea, and  shortly
 afterwards his weight was found to have increased
 6 lbs.,  so  that he  was incapacitated for riding.
 Nearly the  whole of the increase  in the former
 case, and  at least three-fourths in the latter, must
 be attributed to cutaneous absorption, which func-
 tion was  probably stimulated by the wine  that
 was taken in the  one case, and by the tea in the
 other."
  § 679. "Not only water, but substances dissolved
 in it, may be thus introduced.   It has been found
 that, after bathing in infusions of madder, rhubarb
 and  turmerick, the urine was tinged with these
 substances ; and that a garlic plaster affected the
 breath, when every care was  taken, by  breathing
through a tube connected with the exterior of the
 department, that the odor should not be received
into the lungs.   Garlic acid has been found in  the
urine, after the external application of a  decoction
of a bark containing it; and the soothing influence 
            BY ACUPUNCTUKATION.         63

 in cases of neuralgic pain, of the external applica
 tion of cherry-laurel water, is well known.  Many
 saline substances are absorbed by the  skin, when
 applied to it in solution;  and it is interesting to
 remark, that, contrary to what happens in regard
 to the  absorption  of these  from the  alimentary
 canal (whole channel from mouth to rectum), they
 are for the most part more  readily discoverable in
 the absorbents than in the veins.  This is probably
 due  to  the fact, that the imbibation  of them is
 governed entirely by physical laws, in obedience
 to which, they pass  most readily into the vessels
 which present the thinest walls  and largest  sur-
 face.  In  the intestines  the vascular plexus (net-
 work) on  each   vein   is   far  more  extensive
 than  the ramifying lacteal which originates in it;
 and as the walls of the veins are thin, there is con-
 siderable  facility  for the entrance  of  saline  and
 other substances into the general  current of the
 circulation; but in  the  skin, the lymphatics are
 distributed much  more minutely and extensively
 than  the  veins;  and soluble  matters, therefore,
 enter them  in preference to the veins.  The ab-
 sorbent power of the lymphatics of the skin is well
 known  by the  following experiment.  A bandage
 having been tied by Schreger round the hind leg
 of a puppy,  the limb was  kept for 24 hours in
tepid milk; at the expiration of this  period, the
lymphatics were found  full of milk, whilst  the
veins contained none.  In  repeating this experi-
ment upon a young man, no milk could be detected 
 64           DIRECT MEDICATION

 in the blood drawn from a vein.  It has been shown
 by Mueller  that when the posterior extremities
 of  a  frog were  kept for two hours in a solution
 of  prussiate of potass, the  salt had freely entered
 the lymphatics,  but had not entered the veins.   It
 does  not follow, however, from these and similar
 experiments,  that in  all tissues  the lymphatics
 absorb  more  readily than the veins;  for  as the
 capellary blood-vessels in the lungs are much more
 freely exposed to the surface of the air-cells than
 are the  lymphatics, we should,  on the principles
 just now stated, expect the former to absorb more
 readily.  This appears from experiment to be the
 case,  for, when  a solution of prussiate of  potass
 was injected  by Mayer into the lungs,  the salt
 could be detected in the serum of the blood much
 sooner than in the lymph, and in the blood of the
 left cavities of the heart, before it had reached the
 right."  With the foregoing facts in view,  the vast
 importance of maintaining a proper healthy condi-
 tion of the skin will readily be admitted, and in
 order to do this, two things are really necessary:
 first,  to  open  the pores by a proper  exhalent
 action, and, secondly, to remove  all  obstructing
 matter from the surface of the body, in order to
 develope the full capacities of the skin, as well as
 to produce  a proper condition for it, to be enabled
 to perform fully and properly both the offices of
 excretion and absorption.  There never was, in all
 probability, a subject more egregiously abused than
has been this subject of bathing and proper man- 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         65
 agement of the surface of the human  body.  In
 fact it  has been  hobby  rode  and  re-rode,  until
 absurdity and  mischief has grown to be the gen-
 eral rule with many publications upon this subject.
 The idea that a man is so fishy in his organism as
 to require to be in the  water a large portion of the
 time, or that he is  such a hot-blooded  animal as
 to  require the constant application of cold water
 to his surface, in order to  carry off the supernatent
 heat, is simply ridiculous.   In many constitutions
 the calorific functions are so deficient, that there
 is generally a  want of  a proper amount of heat in
 the system to  maintain a healthy vital  action.  In
 such cases the  manner of bathing and  time between
 abhutions is a very important item.  One lady of
 this class of constitution, with whom I became
 acquainted  a  few months before her death,  and
 who Avas  at that time beyond recovery, informed
 me that  she  obtained Fowler &  Wells' Hydro-
pathic Journal some three and a half years  pre-
 viously, and became a  convert to its dogmas, and
 that she had bathed every morning for three years
 in cold water,  with the result continually of declin-
 ing health, and yet she had never (strange to say)
 even suspected that the constantly increasing cold-
 ness of the body, and breaking down of its general
 nervous  energies,  was caused by  the  constant
 application  of the water  carrying off the  caloric
 from  her body, until I so  informed her;  and  then
 I could not induce her  to discontinue it and adopt
 a stimulating  tonic and nutritious course, but she
     3*** 
66           DIRECT MEDICATION
 actually obtained assistance  and continued  the
 bath for six months longer, at which time she died
 of paralysis.  This lady was a Mrs.  Bond, who
 came from the East, and stopped in Michigan, in
 order to regain her health by the influence of a
 western climate.   She  died in Litchfield, Hillsdale
 County.  If the Creator had intended to have the
 human  organism  constantly in water, He would
 have fashioned  it after Barnum's mermaid, and
 furnished it with tail and fins.  Some constitutions,
 of course, will bear far more frequent bathing than
 others.   And  as the manner of bathing has  very
 much to do with  the  result, and  no two persons
 will generally apply the bath in the same manner
 exactly alike, or will understand equally well the
 proper conditions of the system when it is applied,
 therefore of all things done ordinarily for the sick,
 there is  none  in which there is a less amount of
 good common sense exercised.   No one applica-
 tion of a medicinal nature  really deserves greater
 attention, or requires  more scientific  knowledge,
 than does  the art of  bathing  properly and  at
 proper times. And any person to be fully qualified
 to act the part of a correct  hydropathist, should
 be thoroughly acquainted with all the departments
 of science required to constitute a good, competent
practitioner of medicine.  I intend to submit a few
practical ideas upon the subject, which will be of
vast use to the reader, if he shall comply faithfully
with the suggestions.  Bathing, in a state of health
 (unless laboring at very dusty employments), once 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         67
a  week,  is  amply  sufficient.   The  body  should
never be  immersed, and continued in cold water
but a very short  time, say not  more than  one or
two minutes, when the blood  is heated by active
exertion, or otherwise, and  if the water is entered
under  such circumstances, the  exercise for a  few
minutes after leaving the cold bath should be suf-
ficient to induce a moderate perspiration all over
the body.
   No more fruitful source of disease exists than
the very common practice of laboring in summer
until Saturday night, and then,  while the blood is
heated, to " go in swimming," and  remain for from
thirty to sixty minutes, leaving  the water with the
perspiration thoroughly and suddenly checked. I
believe it to be far less sinful to go quietly on Sun-
day morning and wash when  the blood is cool,
than to commit  suicide on Saturday night, al-
though it is better to obey the injunction :  "Re-
member the sabbath . day to keep it holy,"  etc.
None but  really necessary work should  be done
on that day. To stand in a  tub of warm water in
a room where no air currents can reach you, is by
far the  better way to bathe,  using castile soap,
soda, or some other  agent, to thoroughly cleanse
the skin; then, your blood being heated at  such a
time will do no harm.   But our main object is to
direct the  nurse  in  a proper method and time of
application in the process of bathing, when applied
to the sick.  In some  forms  of  disease the  imper-
vious condition  of the skin, and in others  the 
68
DIRECT MEDICATION
rapidly accumulating noxious matters being  con-
stantly eliminated from  the  body, and remaining
upon the skin, and if not removed being subject to
absorption,  renders  some  proper measure for re-
ducing the skin in any case to a normal condition,
actually necessary,  in  order  that nature may be
left free from obstruction, and health be as speedily
restored as possible.  In cases of bathing, the first
precaution is  to  see that  no current of air  flows
upon the wet surface, so as  to  produce a sense of
chilliness while in the act of  ablution.  In all forms
of disease where there is  a  stated time in which
high febrile action prevails, the bathing should be
done at the  time when the  fever is the highest. In
such cases the bath may be moderately cold and
do  no  harm.   In all low grades of fever the bath
should be warm, and in the high grades it is better
to wash the surface of the body all over every two
or three days, with a good solution of warm soda
water or castile soap, in addition to  the cold bath,
but the washing with the  cleansing agent should
be done when the fever is off, or during the sweat-
ing  stage, when the skin  can  easily be entirely
cleansed.  In the high febrile  action you can apply
the cold bath every time the  fever arises to a full
stage, which will generally be every day or every
second day.  This application being only resorted to
to equalize the circulation,  it  can be as well done,
if the patient is  feeble, by rolling in  a cold  wet
sheet, in which case leave the  sheet  around the
patient, until the fever runs off; then have dry bed 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         69
clothes, v^ll heated by the fire, ready, and as soon
as possible  change from the wet to the dry and
warm.  While in the wet sheet see that no cold
air  is  allowed to pass into the  bed.   If the wet
sheet is  not convenient,  wet a sponge (good size),
or a  suitable piece  of cloth,  in cold water, then
wring the water measurable out,  and often repeat-
ing this process,  sponge  the whole surface several
times over, or until the skin appears cool or moder-
ately so, and in case the fever does not recede in
the course of an hour afterwards, reapply as before-
A warm alkaline-saline or saponaceous bath may
be applied in the same manner, where the patient
is feeble. In low grades of disease a warm sponging
should be gone through  with every day, and with
all the friction that the patient will bear.  In all
cases of general washing,where the strength of the
patient will  bear the fatigue necessary—and in
almost all cases of chronic disease they will bear it,
and generally be  benefited by it,  and also  in acute
disease many times—in such cases the best manner
of bathing is the following:  liaise the temper-
ature of the room to blood-heat,  or so that it  will
produce  no chillness to a naked person  with a dry
skin.   See  that no currents of air  are  flowing to
cause a chill to the patient.  Now  throw  down a
large blanket, so  as to shield the carpet, or, if the
floor is not so covered, in order to shield  the  feet
from  the floor, and also to close any apertures
that may be in it.  Then set a washtub on the 
70
DIRECT MEDICATION
center of the  blanket, and fill it  half full of soft
water, as hot as the feet will bear; now let the
patient be seated by the side of the tub, and place
the  feet in   it  while  the  body  remains well
covered, until the perspiration starts freely all over
the body; if this does not occur in  twenty minutes,
add a little  boiling water to that in the tub, and
give the patient to drink some warm mint  tea.
When this  condition  is fully developed, be sure
that the temperature  of the room has not dimin-
ished; then let the patient stand up in the tub, and
with the help of an assistant wash all over with
castile soap suds, soda water (warm), or whatever
desired, and then rinse the whole body with the
water  in  the  tub, wipe the  body dry and rub  it
well; then put on the under clothes, which must
be  clean, well aired and heated,  and  ready for
wearing; then scrape the feet, if there is dead skin
on them, wash, wipe and rub them well, and then
put on well heated,  clean, dry stockings, and then
return to the  bed, which must be well aired and
the sheets warmed, or, if able, return  to your avo-
cation.   It is  important for those  considered well
to go through with such a course of bathing before
bed time, in which case (unless the bed is in  the
same  room), sit  until the room and system cools
down to  a normal condition, before retiring.  Per-
sons in a state of health will be  vastly benefited
by  following  this course of bathing  themselves
once in ten days, especially in warm weather. 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         71
  One of the very best baths is the spirit vapor
bath, but on account of inconvenience, etc., in ap-
plying, I will here omit its description.
                CHAPTER IX.

               DIET FOR THE  SICK.
     THE digestive powers of the stomach, whether
      in health or in sickness, are usually measured
by the amount of secretion of gastric fluid and the
qutdity of the same.   Quantity  and  quality are
both to be considered by the nurse having charge
of the sick, as to articles of diet, always.  If the
amount of the secretion  of gastric fluid is sufficient
for the purposes of a healthy digestion in the stom-
ach, nature will readily indicate the fact  at once.
In such a case, the demand for the more solid sub-
stances of food and the larger amount,  will be in-
dicated by the gustatory pleasure and sensations
of comfort in the  reception of the  same.  If the
proper secretions are wanting, or are  in a deranged
condition, the most  exquisite  quality of food and
the smallest amount tendered, will instinctively be
repelled  or loathed, by what we denominate "a
want of appetite."  The appetite then, more than
almost any other sensitive function of the animal
economy, will become the ready chronicler of the
truthful consideration of the system as to health.
Nature bears no false  testimony here.   All the 
72
DIRECT MEDICATION
springs of life, center in the normal action of the
stomach, and the proper assimilation of food in the
process of digestion.  These first instincts of na-
ture being duly considered in  this regard by the
nurse, they will  then be able  to judge more dis-
creetly relative to diet  for the sick.  Now then,
many persons who act  as nurses go widely from
the mark by  supposing fluids and those articles of
a bland nature, are more easily digested than more
solid food, and that  meats  are  more objectionable
than articles containing a  large amount of starch
and sugar.  This is  not necessarily the true  state
of the case.   Often  among the more easily diges-
tive articles  of food are to be reckoned  wild  ani-
mals and fowls, owing to the fact, in a great meas-
ure, that they are  so  abundantly supplied  with
muscular fiber, and, in a ratio  with domestic  ani-
mals, decreasing in the  adipose or fatty substance.
Now in all cases too much fluid for the proportion
of nutriment certainly retards digestion.  There is
a very striking peculiarity in regard to the result
reached by the stomach in the  act of digestion of
various nutritious  substances, which is actually ne-
cessary to have borne in mind  by the nurse whose
business it is to have charge of the sick, and which
facts will fully prove the absurdity of any one fol-
lowing a routine course of diet.  It becomes  act-
ually necessary to have  a  change of diet  in order
to maintain an appetite, as  the  constant use of any
one article will produce disgust with the recipient
and retard digestion in the stomach.  If we eat 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         73
milk, white of eggs, the seed of the  pea, or the
flesh of animals,  these  substances must all be re-
duced in the stomach to the form  of albumen.
Milk  is a  substance  arranged by nature as being
alone the only  substance  containing variety suffi-
cient  for the growth and relish of the recipients in
the adolescent  state; but this does not hold good
with adults, for they, having become fully matured,
require more solid food.  Milk, it  will be observed,
contains  considerable albumen (caseine), a  large
proportion of orly matter, and sugar.   Now this
fact  shows  why milk ranks first  as an  article of
diet in the provision of nature.
  Still in many diseased  conditions, and more es-
pecially where there is a  greater or less degree of
febrile action in  the system, the caseine  will be
formed into a very tough curd and thereby become
indigestible and  injurious.  And  again  it  so hap-
pens  in  many  cases  of diseased  action, that the
stomach  contains too little  pepsine,  or the  active
principle of the gastric juice, to properly  form a
curd; the pepsine  being supposed to be  a  modifi-
cation of albumen, and its office to act as a ferment.
It will readily appear that to cook the milk with
the simple article of flour of wheat and you add
vastly to the value of the food, prevent the forma-
tion of any tough curd, and form a combination in
which the  virus fermentation  can very easily and
readily be produced, and complete digestion  be
easily  performed.    Milk porridge  I  regard  as
among the  very best articles of diet.  Again, the
     4 
74           DIRECT MEDICATION
flavor of the various articles of food is actually neces-
sary to stimulate digestion. The principal,os»iazo»ie,
which is a protine compound, possessing the pecul-
iar aroma imparted to the broth in cookery, is vast-
ly essential to stimulate the desires for eating, and
assists greatly in the secretion of the gastric fluid,
and the same may be  said of all substances that
agreeably excite the appetite, whether through the
nasal or pneumogastric nerves, or both conjointly.
Frequent change of diet is of first importance, as
well as  variety of kind, in  the management of the
sick.  Corn meal gruel is a  yery excellent article
of diet, if not too long continued or used too much
alone, so as to cause disgust in the patient.   I will
here say that ordinarily no diet should be  carried
to this point in its administration.  In some cases,
however, the patient has a hearty disgust  for all
food,  and under  such circumstances  it not unfre-
quently becomes  necessary  for  the  nurse  to use
great judgment  in  the case.   Administer small
quantities of nourishment as they may feel it is re-
quired.  Generally in these conditions the quantity
so given may be  quite small, but ought to be reg-
ularly given  and not too far apart.
  In the preparation of diet for the sick it is a safe
rule to never prepare and' offer  to a  sick person a
diet  so  innutritious, tasteless and inodorous that
one in good health would not relish  it.   Good di-
gestible food, even of considerable richness, is far
better, if given in proper quantity, than bland diet
in large quantity. 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         75
  Again, the stomach will often appear to bear a
small quantity of the lean flesh of animal, such as
squirrel, rabbit, etc., or  of fowl, such  as  snipe,
woodcock, pheasant, quail, robin, lark, etc., well
masticated,  better than it will the  broth made
from the same.  This undoubtedly is  due to the
fact, that  retaining the food for some time  in the
mouth in the act of chewing it, the salivary glands
are thereby excited, and a free flow and admixture
of  the  saliva occurs  before  the food enters the
stomach; the stomach in the meantime, as it were,
is  telegraphed to and makes due  preparation for
its  reception and digestion.  The best  manner,
where the stomach will  bear  it, to  cook these
agents, is  by broiling.  If that will  not do, why
then make broth, but make it good and relishable.
Beef steak, mutton steak  and chop, and chickens,
are among the best domesticated meats.   Pork as
a rule we belief to be profitably laid aside in diet-
ing the sick, on account of its fatty nature and con-
sequent tardy digestion.  We do not object to this
article on  account of the trichina} it contains, from
the fact that we have lived several  years in this
world, ate pork, and drank tea, coffee and water,
and yet we have never  swallowed a steamboat, or
been  blown  up by  the bursting of  the boiler.
However if pork is used as a diet for the sick, let
it  be the  lean  part.  I have often, in using beef
steak for  the sick, found the stomach to revolt at
the broth of it,  and appeared to be too feeble also
to digest the fibre of the meat, and yet by broiling 
76
DIRECT MEDICATION
nicely and  carefully  pressing the meat from time
to time on a plate with a knife, a large proportion
of its juices could be thus got out, and the stomach
would bear this gratefully, and one spoonful would
contain  a large  amount  of nutriment.  I regard
common house tea (Thea Chinesis) as a good drink
for sick  persons if they relish it at their meals, but
of course it should  not be used in great quantity
at any  one time, and so with other drink.  The
general  rules for dieting the sick should be, to give
the food as  agreeable a flavor as possible;  change
the diet frequently,  to prevent as far  as possible,
your patients from becoming weary of its same-
ness;  avoid indigestible articles  of food, such as
cabbage, pickles, raw onions, much fat meat, hard
cooked eggs, rich pies and cakes, etc.  Every good
nurse will appropriate a due share of time and care
to the  proper preparation and kinds  of food  re-
quired  in each individual case that comes under
their charge.  One that does not is unfit for a nurse. 
r»A.K,T  II.
CHAPTER L
    INTERMITTENT FEVER--FEVER AND  AGUE.
       E have not space in this work to enter upon
       any general doctrinal discussion relative to
the various contested points so  very extensively set
forth in the writings  of Watson, Wood, Eberlee,
Gregory, Paine, Hunter, Jones, Morrow, New-
ton, Powell, etc. Nor are we able to do the subject
more thorough justice than has been done by these
gentlemen, to whose  writings we refer any one de-
siring an  extensive doctrinal  and argumentative
reading upon the various points under controversy.
I shall be satisfied here by assuming an affirmative
position, and doing what may by some be regarded
as jumping at conclusions.
  1 st, then, I will say fever is only a symptom of
disease, or an external manifestation of internal or
local cause,—the cause generally being obstruction.
  2nd, at the risk of being criticised,  I will affirm
that the two extremes, as  far as mildness and in-
tensity are concerned, may very properly be said
to be simple intermittent,  and  congestive.  Again
I will  affirm that all fevers are congestive,  only
w 
78
DIRECT MEDICATION
varying in degree of congestive  action, owing to
the different measure  of obstruction or cause that
is present in various cases.  When we speak of a
congestive chill,  as  confined  strictly to a partic-
ular case, it is only used as a designation, and is
not to be regarded as presenting features different
from  all other chills, only in  degree  of intensity.
In point of fact you would be  as  correct in saying
salt salt or sweet sugar.   In one condition of the
system the obstruction is  so great that the powers
of nature,  unassisted by artificial aids, are incapable
of bringing about a reaction called congestive chill.
In the other, nature is able to bring about an equal-
ization or reaction, unaided by any artificial means.
  Natural Treatment of Intermittent Fever.—First,
in all ordinary cases evacuate  the bowels gently,
in order to remove  any  improper accumulations
from  the stomach and bowels.  For  this purpose
use compound powder of senna 2  drams   (see
appendix).
  Add to it a suitable quantity of sugar and water,
stir it well, and take one-third of the whole once
in two hours.  If  this should fail to operate within
six hours,  repeat it with the same quantity and in
the same  way.  If this cannot be had take  rhu-
barb in powder, 30 grains; soda, 30 grains.  Mix,
and  add  sugar  and  water, and  if desired, also
essence of peppermint, to  make pleasant.  Stir up
well, and take in six to eight doses, two hours apart.
After the bowels have moved gently, you can give,
if you desire to do so, a pill made as follows  (or 
BY  ACUPrXCTUBATION.         79
take it  in  powder if  you choose):  Quinine, 30
grains;  powdv gum myrrh,  20  grains;  cayenne,
10 grains ;  morphine, 2 grains.  Mix and form into
15 pills  or powders, and take one every two, three,
or four  hours, as  the  stomach  will conveniently
bear.
  All of this, excepting the mere  act of evacuat-
ing the  bowels, is absolutely unnecessary, but peo-
ple are  so  accustomed  to  dosing  they cannot at
once be restrained from such a course.
  Natural  Treatment—effectual and actually ne-
cessary.— 1st,  evacuate the bowels; 2d, apply the
Renovator, charged with fluid No. 1, over the fleshy
portions of the stomach and over the abdomen; do
this thoroughly an hour or so before the time for
the chill to come on, if  convenient, if not, at any
time.  If the  chill  recurs as  late as  the third
day  from this (this has never  occurred with me
when the application  was thorough), re-apply it
everywhere the  space  is clear from signs of the
former application, and also along the spine, each
side, in  a single row of taps close together.   If
convenient bathe once  in four days Avith warm al-
kaline water, rubbing the  skin  well.   If not con-
venient  to  bathe,  sponge the surface  in the bed
with sponge or flannel cloth, and the same wash or
bath. If the urinary organs are abnormal in their
action, apply the instrument across the small of
the back, or opposite  the kidney, and in  a  few
hours all will be right.  This treatment, so simple,
will never fail to cure if thoroughly applied. 
80
DIRECT MEDICATION
  If the first treatment recommended is  adopted,
use the instrument as directed in the second course.
  This course will cure all fevers characterized by
distinct exacerbations, chills  or  periodicity  (ex-
cepting congestive  chills, as  they are generally
called, the  treatment for which  will  be found
under  the head of congestive fever,  no matter
what may be  their types or varieties), whether
quotidian (occuring daily or oftener), or tertian
(occurring once in forty-eight hours),  or quartan
(occurring once in seventy-two hours), etc., etc.
                 CHAPTER II.

    CONGESTIVE FEVER OR CONGESTIVE CHILL.
  So  called, on account  of  the  extreme rapidity
with  which  the  blood recedes from the external
blood vessels and accumulates  in  the  internal
structures, and the cause of  diseased action being
so  overpowering  that nature cannot  of herself,
without artificial assistance, bring about an equali-
zation of the circulating medium, or, in other words,
a reaction.
  I have thought  best to place this next in order
after inteimitting fever, on account of its treatment
being different from ordinary febrile diseases.  This
disease is  of very frequent occurrence in many por-
tions  of  our country,  and in a great measure un- 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         81
manageable, with the ordinary methods of practice,
from  wl:ich fact very many pass to  an untimely
grave.

Improvea treatment, and the  only  absolutely suc-
                  cessful one.

  When called, immediately charge the Renovator
with Fluid No. 3 (cholera fluid), and  apply pretty
freely all over the body,  arms and  legs, to the
elbows and knees.  In thirty  to forty minutes the
chill will have passed off, and signs of reaction will
appear.  Then give, internally, the following:
  Quinine, 40 grains;  rhubarb powd., 30 grains ;
leptandrin, 6 grains; cayenne, 10 grains.
  Form into twenty powders or pills,  and give one
every two hours until the bowels gently move, and
then only once in four to six hours.
  After reaction is fully restored, then arm the in-
strument with Fluid No.  1, and apply  in patches as
large as the hand, leaving a space  intervening of
about the same size, or if not a case of the very
worst type, leave  a space  twice as large.   Thus
go all over the system from elbows to knees; this
will,  in a little time, remove the  obstructing causes
and prevent a return of the chill.
  Within two days, bathing  or sponging should
be thoroughly done with the alkaline bath.  (See
chap. 8.)
  It is sometimes necessary, after six or eight days,
if the patient does not feel exactly right, to re-apply 
82
DIRECT MEDICATION
the instrument charged with Fluid No. 1, and mild-
ly evacuate the bowels, and bathe again.
  I am fully convinced that under no circumstances
should large quantities of concentrated active irri-
tating medicines be thrown into the stomach, unless
in cases of p>oisoning, where active emesis is neces-
sary.
  Pay  same attention to urinary organs as recom-
mended in the former disease.
                CHAPTER in.

              CONTINUED  FEVERS.
Divided into 1st, Simple Continued, 2d,  Typhoid,
                and 3d, Typhus.
  First.  Called  continued, from the fact that no
distinct remissions or intermissions occur generally
during its progress.
  This form of disease more generally begins about
the same as simple intermittent or  remittent.
  Second. Typhoid.
  Third. Typhus.
  As these forms of diseased action are, properly
speaking, only malignant  continued fever, in its
varied degrees of development, our main object
will be to fully prepare every reader so they may
break up the disease in the first stage, and prevent 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         83
the  much-to-be-dreaded consequences to follow in
case of a termination in typhoid or typhus types
of disease.  In this work its brevity prevents a
lenthy detailing of symptoms of various diseases,
and  I shall content myself by referring the reader,
who desires  to  study minutiae in that  direction,
more generally, to the writings of Newton, Pow-
ell, King, Sherwood, Jones, Scudder, Eberlee,
Wood, Watson, etc.  In a larger  work, which I
intend publishing, I shall  carefully attend to these
matters in their various relations to the new system
of direct medication, etc.   In this I shall be  from
necessity  somewhat limited  in the  symptoms of
diseases herein specified.
  In the treatment of simple continued, or initi-
ative malignant continued fevers, the two great
objects to be attained are first, to remove the cause
or obstruction, i. e. if the fever is primary; if not,
to correct  the cause.  Second, to as speedily as
possible restore a normal-healthy condition to the
lining  membranes of the stomach and alimentary
canal, that the consequences of the advanced stages
may be entirely averted.
  And let me here remark, that I have never had
a case of fever run into advanced typhoid since I
brought this new method into general use in my
practice.  " An ounce of preventative is  worth a
pound of cure," is the old adage.
  When a fever, by the general appearance of the
patient, such as  the pidse, breath, enlargement of
the pupilla, or extreme redness of the margin of 
84           DIRECT MEDICATION
the tongue, peculiarity of the coating thereon, etc.,
indicates a certain progress towards a  malignant
form, the physician or assistant, be they doctor or
private  citizen, must know that more energy to
remove  such  diseased action is required than in a
form in which no evidence of any cause of great
magnitude exists.  And still, in the ordinary man-
ner of treating disease  of such types  by way of
the stomach, the more malignant the  disease be-
comes the less the attendant will  be able to do on
account of the constantly diminishing powers of the
digestive  and assimilative functions.   And if the
disease is permitted to go on»unbroken until nature,
almost exhausted,  is only a wreck just  out* of the
grave,  it  will require a  long  time for recovery
under any treatment, even with the best of care
and good  management.
  Could the course hereafter recommended be uni-
versally adopted, no one would ever be pained at
beholding in civilized society such a heart-sicken-
ing spectacle as is frequently met with in advanced
6tages of low grades of fevers.  And in that case
no  mention of treatment for such cases would be
required.   But as at present we do  meet  with
such cases, I shall briefly refer to them before I
finish this subject, and give what  I regard as a
proper mode  of treatment.
Improved and Infallible  Treatment for the three
  foregoing Types of Fever in their earlier stages.
  1. Arm the Renovator with Fluid No. 1 ; apply
very thoroughly over the whole chest and abdomen; 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         85
this will withdraw from within all gastro-intestinal
irritation.   The  system will be largely medicated,
and if the absorption should be sufficient, so that
there is not  upon the second day a vast crop of
pustules, from the size of a pin-head to a grain of
corn, then  reapply the instrument thoroughly until
this end is fully attained, when the fever will cer-
tainly yield within three days of a full result of this
kind.   If  compelled to reapply, go down upon the
thighs and out upon the upper  arms with it.  The
bowels  should  be evacuated,  and the  secretions
aroused, and strength sustained as  much as can be
safely done.  For this purpose use  the following:
  Powd. rhubarb, 10  grains;  powd. cayenne, 10
grains; podophyllin,^ grain; liptandrin, 6'grains;
gelsemin,  1^ grains;  quinine, 40 grains.
  Form into twenty pills or powders.  Give  one
every two or four hours, as the stomach will bear,
alternating or giving between  times from four to
six grains of carbonate of soda, in some mint tea
or essence and water.  Sponging the surface with
alkaline water should not be  omitted.  For this
purpose dissolve three drams of carbonate of soda
in one pint  of warm water,  or two tablespoon-
fuls  of salt, or,  if  convenient,  alternate  them,
using one  and then the other  at every other time.
For drink use elm, or gum arabic  mucilage, cold,
and cold water.   To keep drink cold, put it into  a
pitcher, or proper dish, and set it in a pan of cold
water, kept  so  by ice if it can be had; if not, 
86
DIRECT MEDICATION
change it often, refilling the outside dish with cold
water from the well.
  I desire here to offer a few remarks in regard to
what is a proper and judicious  course to be pur-
sued in fevers with drink;  and  it is equally im-
portant to be observed in all fevers,  and  every
form of  disease where a great desire  for  drink
exists,  or  the stomach is  weak.  Drink may be
given very  often, but should always be in  very
small quantity—say from one to two tablespoon-
fuls—so that the whole will  be immediately ab-
sorbed. No quantity sufficient to accumulate upon
the stomach, and become heated so as to produce the
consequences that will always result from drinking
warm water, should be given.  Experience will con-
vince any observing individual of the  great import-
ance of a faithful observance of this rule, and save
their patients from much distress and injury.  In
cases of vomiting this should be most strenuously
observed.   The course pursued by very many, even
those claiming to be physicians, in  giving large
quantities of medicine, food, drink, etc., to persons
who are  in a condition to render such a  course
actually injurious,  leads one  to conjecture  that
they regard a sick man in the light of a rusty en-
gine whose bearings  are adhering together, and
it becomes necessary to oil them, and then to get up
a sufficient head of steam to run it, be its condition
whatever it may.  But remember, reader, that the
central power is the  part most in danger under
a course  of aggressive  treatment.  And the do- 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         87
nothing course of homoeopathy is preferable gen-
erally to this.
  The  vis-medicatrix natural  (the  healthy power
inherent in an animated  body) left  alone will suc-
ceed better than to resort  to  a  course which  is
nothing more nor less than an abuse of nature be-
cause of her misfortunes and  distress.  With the
course  heretofore recommended, you  will success-
fully remove all the obstructing  matter from the
machinery, and  put it in running order, when the
inherent  power  will easily  do the rest.  This  is
proper, because it is common sense and science.

Treatment  after  the disease has advanced to  its
  maligna fit form, and the sufferer  is reduced to a
  low condition.  Typhoid and Typhus.
  In the advanced stage of these fevers, during the
long struggle of nature for life, she has thrown off
or eliminated a very large  share of  the cause  of
the disease, and nearly undergone destruction  in
the conflict, and we shall be compelled in a great
measure to await the slow return of  the digestive
and  assimilative functions to  a normal standard.
Still important and auxiliary means are necessary
here, often to prevent the  complete  work of de-
struction, and aid in the restoration to health.
  The  heart, spleen, lungs,  liver, kidneys, bowels,
and in  fact the whole of the internal organs, hav-
ing in  various  cases presented more or less evi-
dence of  organic lesion  in  various persons  upon
whom a post-mortem has been   instituted, it would 
88
DIRECT MEDICATION
appear  difficult for one  at first thought to say
how the instrument should be employed in such
cases.  But as I regard  the ravages of the disease
to be more generally confined to the stomach, bow-
els, spleen and heart, and as it matters not at what
point your act of diversion is commenced, I  have
in all the cases falling  under my care, and in this
condition, applied  the instrument sparingly every
two days  to the left side, in the regions of the
heart and spleen,  over  the stomach and bowels,
and between the  shoulders and  along the spine,
doing it so as to each time touch  the spaces inter-
vening between those spots  whereon  it was pre-
viously applied.   This will  be  of great  service
in aiding in the removal  of what matter still re-
mains  in  the  system of  a deleterious  character.
The instrument should be  armed with Fluid No. 1
for  this purpose.  If local  pain at  any time occurs,
arm it with Fluid No. 3, and  apply freely over the
point of pain, and relief will soon  be obtained.  In
case of bleeding from  the bowels,  which some-
times occurs during the progress of these fevers,
arrest it with a  decoction made of two ounces of
dry cornus cercinata bark (green  ozier), boiled in
one quart  of water, strained, and two tablespoon-
fuls of common  salt added thereto.  Give  all the
stomach will bear,  when it is  cold, beginning with
one tablespoonful,  every fifteen to thirty minutes.
This has  never  failed  in  my hands to  arrest the  #
hemorrhage.  If bleeding  at the nose occurs, it is
generally a good omen,  unless it becomes profuse, 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         89
in which case apply the instrument  along the
spine, and carefully but thoroughly plug  up the
nose with very finely grated dried beef.   This  is
infallible if properly done.
  Medicine.—Make a strong decoction of Peruvian
bark, and when cold add an equal measurement of
good Port or Madeira  wine.   Dose, one table-
spoonful from three to eight times a  day, or oft-
ener if  the  stomach  will bear  it.  Regulate the
bowels  once  in two or three days, if necessary,
with small doses of rhubarb and soda, mixed in
equal parts.  Dose, three to gix grains given every
two  to  four hours, until the desired effect is pro-
duced.  In case of dangerous diarrhoea, make pills
or powders  of quinine,  20  grains;  powd.  gum
opium, 5 grains; tannin, 60 grains.  This   is  suffi-
cient for twenty doses, given in  one, two, three or
four hours, as required.
  Diet should be light, easily digestible, but nour-
ishing, in as  high  a degree as  possible under the
circumstances.
4* 
90
DIRECT MEDICATION
                CHAPTER IV.

             INFLAMMATORY fever.
    THIS form  of febrile disease is usually of but
       short duration, terminating, in a few days,
spontaneously;  occurs generally in middle life, and
in robust constitutions, with those having a large
volume of blood.  It is characterized by intense
arterial action and great heat  upon the surface of
the body, and generally more or less aberration of
mind.
  Cappillary congestion, of a temporary character,
being  a prominent feature  in this type of fever,
there is no form of disease in which the  action of
the acupuncturing instrument will produce more
immediate relief than in this, especially among dis-
eases of a febrile character.

             Improved Treatment.
  Arm the Renovator with Fluid No. 1, and apply
it  to the fleshy portions  of the body,  from the
elbows to the knees, embracing, as nearly as  you
can, about one-half of the surface.   Evacuate the
bowels with the compound powder of senna.    (See
appendix).    Diuretics  are generally urgently re-
quired, for which take
  Sweet spirits of nitre,  2 ounces;  essence of
wintergreen, £ ounce.  Mix. 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.          91
   Dose, a half teaspoonful every two hours  until
 the urine becomes free and of proper color.  The
 third day bathe freely, or sponge with the alkaline
 compound for bath, in order to remove  all matter
 of an improper character from the skin, to prevent
 absorption.
               GENERAL REMARKS.
  As the treatment of those forms of febrile dis-
 ease already  treated of, will readily enable the
 reader to treat any of the intermediate varieties, I
 shall only treat of one form  more in this class of
 disease, namely:
                  Yellow Fever.
  And I do not desire to deceive any one, and will
 therefore say  in  advance,  that  the  remarks  here-
 after  made will be  deductions  of a theoretical
 character, and not, as in the  preceding  cases, the
 result of actual application in  practice.   Still, with
 the facts presented, no one can well doubt  the re-
 sult, i.  e., if plainly observable  cause can lead to
 results  plainly deducible.    I do not doubt  that
 those who  may purchase  this treatise,  and  who
 reside in a climate subject to this dreaded malady,
 will, upon reading it, be induced, in good faith, to
 avail  themselves  of  the suggestions herein  con-
tained ; and I do not, in the least, doubt  the result
being all that they can desire.  Some, on reading
this, may think the author too sanguine.   Well,
let me say to such that  this is no patent humbug,
but a vast reality of glorious proportions, and  I 
92
DIRECT MEDICATION
know, from the results of eighteen years of exten-
sive practice  in the ordinary way, and my experi-
ence with this, that there is ten-fold more value in
this alone than there is in all the other knowledge
relating  to practical  medicine.   If  results can
prove anything, then this fact has been  fully de-
monstrated.  Reader, try it for yourself.

  Subject.—In the first stage of this malady, the
cerebrial disturbances present, such as dizziness and
faintness, as well as a very severe pain in the head,
together with a peculiar sensitiveness of the eyes to
light, would lead one to suppose that there existed
a great degree of gastro-intestinal irritation, which
the vomiting in the  second  and  third  stages,
and the peculiar matter ejected, fully demonstrate
to be the fact.   In the second stage the stomach
will  not bear anything, and the outside of the
body, in the vicinity of the stomach, assumes a
yellow color,  especially on the breast and neck.
In the third stage the vomiting is continued with
equal severity, and what is ejected presents the
appearance of coffee grounds, with intense burn-
ing pain in the stomach, and greenish discharges
from the bowels,  and frequently becoming very
yellow  all over the whole surface of the body.
On post-mortem  examination being instituted, the
liver is  found congested, the  stomach  contains
black matter, supposed to be blood in a peculiar
state of decomposition,  and  the internal coating
of this  organ is thickly interspersed  with  gan- 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         93
grenous  spots.   The bowels also present strong
evidence of inflammatory action.
  These are, in short and plain language, the lead-
ing characteristics  in  this  form of disease.   In
regard to the real cause of this  complaint, consid-
erable diversity of opinion is entertained.  But in
regard to the effects no dispute  exists, and this is
what  I propose now to deal with.
  The cause, as in other fevers, is abstractive, of a
nature peculiar to the  locality in which it occurs.
The result is intense local irritation of the stomach
and bowels,  with great internal congestion; and
owing probably to the peculiar nature of the mat-
ter that has been received into the  system, and
which is  generally believed to  be the real  cause
of the disease,  there is a very strong tendency to
putrification.
  Now, with the  allopathist, one of the important
things to be done  is to thoroughly evacuate  the
bowels.  For  this  they use  calomel;  while  the
eclectics,  holding to the same doctrine of evacu-
ation, resort to more mild measures to accomplish
the same object.   This, in my judgment, is prefer-
able;  yet, I believe the doctrine to be incorrect.
The improper contents of the stomach and bowels
should undoubtedly be  removed by evacuation, and
that action once established, should be carried on
gently through the whole course of the disease;
and in this matter  I believe with Prof. Newton,
that the compound powder of senna is best, as 
94
DIRECT MEDICATION
being of sufficient power, and yet sufficiently mild.
(See appendix.)
  This, I think, should only be  given in quantity
sufficient to move the bowels,  and then be con-
tinued just  sufficient to  keep them  open.   But I
fully believe the internal congestion in this, as in
other forms of congestive disease, may be entirely
controlled by the external action of the Renovator,
as well as to remove the cause and bring about a
complete restoration.   In no case in which I have
ever used it, has it failed to relieve the worst forms
of  gastro-intestinal  irritation—checking  and ar-
resting  nausea of the worst form in a very little
time; curing the very worst forms of bowel com-
plaints, where there was present intense vomiting,
purging, and convulsions.   When the action of
the system is thoroughly withdrawn  from the cen-
tral organs towards  the  surface, and the  deleteri-
ous matter accumulated in the stomach and bowels
removed, it  appears  to be  beyond doubt  that all
will come out right again.   Should the new meth-
od  fail  in  such  cases,  it  would be the  first in-
stance in which a general principle was involved.
  The consistency of being  very cautious  about
using irritating cathartics in a form of disease, one
of whose chief characteristics is internal conges-
tion and intense irritation, will readily  be appreci-
ated without much argument.
  And let  me here  say, that  during many years
of practice, I have been taught by experience that
great caution in treating diseases accompanied with 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         95
extreme  muco-intestinal injury or destruction, re-
sulted in far better consequences than a rash course.
Now, the superior statistical results of the do-noth-
ing treatment of homoeopathy over those of heroic
allopathy, fully justify the above conclusion.  But I
am happy to know that there are those whose sta-
tistical record demonstrates that medicine is, withal,
of some use to the world of mankind. And  it  is a
well known fact that homoeopathy depends entirely
for its stock-in-trade of gas, upon the results of mal-
practice in  the regular profession.  As Dr. Forbs,
of England, quaintly remarked, many years ago,
when examining  the  statistics of the London  hos-
pitals, "as homoeopathy is nothing, and allopathy is
far more  unsuccessful, therefore allopathy is worse
than nothing."
   But notwithstanding the allopathists, in their
great zeal  and large dosing with  active poisons,
produce  in may cases astounding lists  of mortal-
ity, yet, in contradistinction to homoeopathy, it can
truthfully be said that they rely upon  science  as
the base  of their  experiments; and though  she be
somewhat tortured by their rashness, she will event-
ually in all, as  she has already in many things, lead
them to the full noonday of truth in all its  majes-
tic beauty.   Allopathy has  an honorable aim, and
is really something. 
96
DIRECT MEDICATION
                CHAPTER V.

                     COLDS.
              Improved Treatment.
     ARM the Instrument with Fluid No.  1, if the
       cold is of some days standing.  If it is re-
cent and severe, mix  Fluids No. 1 and 3 in equal
parts.  In either case apply freely over the whole
chest, sparing  only the breast bone.   Give inter-
nally the following:
  Powd. blood root,  2 drams; powd.  liquorice, 4
drams;  powd. cayenne,  30  grains;  white gum
arabic, 2  ounces;  white sugar (honey is better),
£ pound;  pure water, 3 gills.
  Curefully dissolve by heat the gum arabic in the
water in a tin dish.   Now  add the  sugar,  and
constantly stir it until it dissolves.  Then put the
other articles  into  a  glass or earthen vessel, and
add  just cold water  enough to  form them into a
thin mixture;  and  finally put with the rest in the
tin dish, and let them  scald well together.   Should
the compound become thick on cooling, add  a very
little hot water, and stir it well together.
  Note.—The  mixing  of the blood root, liquorice
and  cayenne with  the cold water  is to break  up
all lumps, and cause a thorough incorporation with
the  rest  of the  compound.  Whenever used  this
should be well stirred  up or shaken  in a bottle. 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION
97
Dose, % to 2 teaspoonfuls every one, two or three
hours, according  to  urgency of symptoms.  For
children, reduce according to table of doses.  This
course will never fail to entirely cure.
                CHAPTER VI.


                  DIPHTHERIA.
    THIS terrible malady will  never prove fatal if
      taken in season and treated appropriately.
Diphtheria is nothing more or  less than that vari-
ety of croup  denominated pseudo-membranous, to
indicate the formation of a false membrane in  the
throat, in contradistinction to the common  croup
called catarrhal.  The first symptoms of both  are
often  very nearly alike, and  both will yield to  the
same  treatment.  The name diphtheria was  given
by M. Bretonneau, in 1818.
              Improved  Treatment.
  Arm the instrument with Fluid No. 1, and  apply
very  thoroughly on the front and sides of  the
throat from ear to ear, down on the chest, as low
as one-third of the  breast bone, from shoulder to
shoulder.   If this does not  relieve in one hour, so
that the breathing is much easier, rub the fluid
sparingly but  thoroughly all over  where the  in-
      5 
98
DIRECT MEDICATION
strument has been applied, and reapply the instru-
ment thoroughly over the front part of the body,
including the surface to which it was first applied,
thence down to the umbilicus (navel).   The first
application in recent cases will almost always cure.
But where the case is of some time standing, it will
be necessary, in six or eight hours after the second
application, to rub the fluid  all over the whole
punctured surface.
  In the first stage of the disease it is well to take
of well broken lobelia herb, and powdered blood
root, two parts by weight of the first and one of
the second—say \ ounce of  first to \  ounce of
second.  Put them in  a tin dish, and pour on them
|  of a teacupful of boiling water;  cover and let
it  stand on the stove  not  to exceed two minutes.
If it remains long it will spoil the lobelia by its
undergoing destructive decomposition by the heat.
After removing it from the stove, let it stand about
five to ten minutes more, then strain it and sweeten
it  with white sugar.    Give a teaspoonful  every
fifteen or thirty minutes to a child from four to six
years old; to one two to four years old \ tea-
spoonful;  to  one under  one year ^  to \ tea-
spoonful  at a time. The dose should  be repeated
until free  vomiting ensues.   In case of long stand-
ing it may be necessary to repeat the vomiting at
intervals of from three to six hours, for several suc-
cessive times.  And in such  cases it is well to add
to the nauseating medicine one heaping tablespoon-
ful  of the compound  powder of senna; mix it 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         99
thoroughly, and stir it well from the bottom each
time you administer it, so that after having given
it several hours it will act freely upon the bowels,
carrying off all accumulated morbific matter there-
from.
  In cases that have been allowed to run on until
the throat has become considerably filled up, and
greatly obstructing the breathing, apply the fol-
lowing wash every hour to the throat with a small
soft swab.  Wash the swab clean every time you
use it.
   Wash.—Take coarse  powdered  cornus  cercin-
nata bark (green ozier), 1 ounce;  cayenne or com-
mon pepper pods,  ^ ounce; common salt, 1 table-
spoonful.  Mix and boil thoroughly in  half a pint
of water.   Then strain it and let it cool.  When
you use it pour off what you wish to use each time
in a separate dish.
  I believe this to  be  equal, if not superior, to any
wash ever  used in diseases of the  throat  of any
kind, where stimulating, astringent  and anticeptic
treatment is required.
  In cases that  have run on, and appear to have
gained almost an entire supremacy over the vital
powers, it may be necessary to cauterize the throat
two or three times in  twenty-four hours.  For this
use muriated tincture  of iron, for which  application
with grown persons a probang (piece of whalebone
armed with  sponge) is the best. For children take
three small quills  from duck, goose or  hen—say
each four or five inches long—tie them  together at 
100          DIRECT MEDICATION
the quill ends, then  dip the feather  ends into the
tincture of iron, so as to thoroughly  saturate them
one and  a half inches from their tips, and  press
down the tongue and thoroughly push the feather
ends  of  the  quills  down the  throat,  rotating or
turning them at the saifle time.   Have  the  child
sit leaning forward when this  is done, and keep it
in that position for several minutes  afterwards, or
until it gets over being strangled.  This is as good
and by far the safest caustic ever used, being pow-
erfully astringent, anticeptic and tonic.
               GENERAL REMARKS.
  The application of the instrument with a mild
cathartic will be generally all that  is required in
ordinary attacks of diphtheria and croup.  I have
seen but  very few cases requiring other treatment.
                CHAPTER VII.

  INFLAMMATION OF THE TONSILS, RESULTING IN
        QUINSY, PUTRID SORE THROAT, ETC.
              Improved Treatment.
     ARM the instrument with fluid No.  1,  and
        apply freely to  the  throat, upper portion
of the chest, and upper arms to the elbows, and if
required,  i. e., if the case is obstinate or chronic,
repeat every three or four days.   In  a recent case
no repetition  will  be  required.  Give  internally
the following: 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.        101
  Quinine, 40 grains;  leptandrin, 8 grains;  podo-
phyllin, 1 grain ; cayenne, 40 grains.
  Mix and form into 30 pills; give one to an adult
every hour, until  they operate upon the bowels,
and  then once in four hours, until taken up.   See
table of doses for different ages.
  In bad cases of some time  standing, use, as a
gurgle, as  often as every two  to four hours, the
compound noticed under the head of Diphtheria,
only double the quantities of each  article, etc., so
as to make more of the wash.
  And in very severe  cases, cauterize the throat
with a probang charged with muriated tincture of
iron, and  repeat it at least twice each twenty-four
hours.  This course, if instituted in  any kind of
season, will never fail to  cure.

               GENERAL REMARKS.
  In every form of disease it should be well borne
in mind, that to pay a proper attention to the sur-
face  of the body, is one of the most important
auxiliaries to a proper method of  treatment, and
one  that  should  never be omitted.   And in order
to have  this  matter thoroughly attended  to,  I
earnestly recommend a very thorough perusal of
the article  on bathing, in all its bearings; and let
me here remark, that, although bathing is of great
importance, it should be thoroughly understood, in
order to  derive  its full measure of benefit, and
avoid the bad results of its misapplication. 
102          DIRECT MEDICATION
CHAPTER VIII.
        BRONCHITIS—ACUTE AND CHRONIC.
     ACUTE bronchial inflammation may readify
       be removed by arming the instrument with
Fluid No. 2, and applying it on the upper half of
the chest from shoulder to shoulder, also upon the
fleshy portions of the arms, from the body to the
wrists.  At the  same time give a mild evacuent.*
Also a mild expectorant, as follows:
  Coarse  ground blood root,  ^  ounce;  coarse
ground elecampam, 1 ounce; coarse ground squills,
\ ounce; extract of liquorice, 2 ounces.
  Boil the three first in one quart of water thor-
oughly, strain them and simmer down to one pint
(let it be always  borne in mind that a tin or por-
celain  lined dish is the only one  fit to prepare
medicine in; no copper, brass or iron  should, as a
general rule, be used, and  the two former never).
To  one pint of decoction, thus procured, add the
extract of liquorice, previously broken up fine.  Set
it on the  stove under moderate heat, and stir fre-
quently until the extract is all dissolved, then run
it through a sieve to take out any sticks, etc., that
are too frequently found in commercial liquorice.
Now add one pound of good honey and stir well
together, and it is fit for  use.  Bottle and cork;
* See compound powder of senna. 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.        103
shake well when taken. Dose: \ to 3 teaspoonful,
five or six times per day, or take enough to cause
some degree of nausea.  This is  one  of  the most
harmless,  efficient  and  excellent  expectorants
known.
  But  we now come to notice the more important
stage of this malady, namely Chronic Bronchitis.
  In this form of disease  there is  generally  a
deteriorated  condition  of the  blood, a general
derangement of all the secretory functions; more
or less emaciation, and generally the digestive and
assimilative organs blend  to  a very important
extent with  the  other organs, in their  progress
towards a general wreck.
  Now this being a malady whose effects are deep
seated and   wide  spread,  and  withal  of long
standing, it requires both thorough treatment, and
that long continued, in very many cases, to arrest
the sufferer in his fearful constitutional decline.
              Improved Treatment.
  Arm the instrument  with Fluid No. 2.  Apply it
thoroughly all over the chest and bowels (as they
are now involved in diseased action).  Repeat this
regularly once in  eight days.   Alternate the appli-
cations of the instrument  with the alkaline  or
saline  bath;  i. e., four  days after applying the in-
strument  use the bath or sponge the patient, and
in four days after this re-apply the instrument, etc.
              Internal Treatment.
  Good supporting diet,  of an  easily  digestible
nature, is  of first importance. 
104          DIRECT MEDICATION
   Give a pill  every night, to produce rest, com-
 posed of quinine, 3 grains; opium,  1  to 2 grains;
 and to make twenty pills, take quinine, 60 grains;
 opium 20 to 40 grains.   To form into pill  mass,
 use honey or any other convenient article, suitable
 for the purpose.  Now take dried mandrake root,
 blood root  and blue flag root, of  each 2 ounces,
 well broken or coarse ground; put  them all  in  a
 glass tincture or other convenient  bottle,  and add
 alcohol (96  per cent.), one quart; shake it often for
 twelve or fifteen days.  Then carefully decant one
 pint of the  tincture  into a bottle or  clean jug that
 will contain one  and a  half gallons.    Add one
 pint of common  lobelia tincture, then  take one
 pound of green  blue  flag  roots,  cut fine,  and
jam them in a mortar, a little at a time. Put them
 in a tin pan, pour on four quarts of water boiling
 hot, continue  to boil them for four hours, keeping
 the water about the same in quantity by adding
 hot  water  from another vessel, occasionally, as
 it boils away.  Strain it while it is hot, and  press
 out all the liquor possible.  Replace it in  the tin
 pan and add one pound of best  white  sugar,  sim-
 mer it carefully, stirring often, until it will measure
just one  quart; let  it cool, at which time stir it
 well and pour it,into the bottle with the tinctures.
Then add two pints  of pure honey (not candied),
 and  shake  all well  together, when  it  can  be
flavored by  adding essence of anise or wintergreen,
to suit the taste—from lto 3 ounces of the essence.
Before this  is poured  out,  it should be  well 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.        105
shaken.  This is my honey balsam, and no  com-
pound I  have  ever seen  equals  its  action  in
bronchial and consumptive forms of disease.  The
dose for an adult is what the patient will bear, say
from ^ to 1^ teaspoonfuls, five or six times per day.
If the bowels are costive, notwithstanding the
laxative properties of the above, use enough of the
compound powder of senna to regulate them; say
£ teaspoonful  once or twice each day, in a  little
sweetened water.
  This course thoroughly carried out, if any pos-
sibility of recovery remains,  the patient will get
well.  Proper clothing, avoiding exposure, regular
hours of sleep,  early bed-time  and early rising,
should be observed, if the patient is able to do so.
                CHAPTER IX.

                    ASTHMA.
              Improved Treatment.
     TO relieve a  paroxysm, apply the instrument
      freely  over the whole chest,  armed  with
Fluid No. 3.   The effect will be astonishing.
  To radically cure asthma, if any  thing  exists
that will cure it,  I  believe it to be the following
very simple compound.  I  have cured Avith it a
case stated to have been of  thirty years standing.
  But see that the bowels are kept regulated, or a
little loose.  To  do this, make an aqueous syrup 
106          DIRECT  MEDICATION
of wahoo bark (enonimus atropurpurius),  as fol-
lows:
  One pound of green bark from the root and tree,
boiled in water (sufficient quantity) for two or three
hours, then strain it and simmer carefully to one
pint,  stirring often; add and  scald into  it one
and one-fourth pounds of good white sugar;  let it
cool, and then bottle.  One tablespoonful of this,
once  or twice per  day, will regulate the most
torpid bowels, and  relieve the  worst forms  of
costiveness.
  Now for the compound.  Take of fully saturated
tincture  of blood root and lobelia equal  j>arts,
of each  two ounces;  tincture of gelseminum,  1
ounce; tincture of veratrum vivide, £ ounce.  Mix.
  Dose, for adult,  one-half teaspoonful  three  to
six times per day.  If this is not sufficient, increase a
little, and if it is too nauseating, diminish a little.
Continue day by day until cured.
                CHAPTER  X.

                 CONSUMPTION.
       WHEN this disease has become  sufficiently
        developed, so as to involve the greater por-
tion of the lungs in tuberculous  deposition, it can-
not be cured by any means yet known to the med-
ical profession. 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         107
  The primary cause is generally to be found in  a
peculiarity  of constitution called hereditary pre-
disposition.   In order to impress upon the mind of
the reader the peculiar adaptation of my instrument
in the treatment of this  disease, I will  record  a
few of its leading manifestations and the results
of treatment.

              MANIFEST CONDITION.
  A peculiar form of febrile action,  deterioration
of the blood, wasting of the soft parts, with grad-
ual loss of appetite  as  a general rule.   Restless-
ness, anxious expression of eyes  and  countenance,
cough with expectoration, first of  mucous, then
mucous conjoined with pus, and lastly nearly clear
pus, and also attended more generally with  a de-
cidedly diseased condition of the  bowels in  the
last stage.  Condition of the lungs: 1 st, A depo-
sition  of  a  peculiar matter, cheese-like in its ap-
pearance,  without inflammation.   At the proper
period these become softened,  break, and are  dis-
charged into the cavities of the lungs.   In  many
cases the  disease begins in the upper portion of the
lungs, in which  case, if  the diseased action  is  not
arrested, it soon communicates with the  structure
below it,  and thus it involves  finally the  whole
lungs  in  diseased action.  And it  is  generally
the case,  as the disease  advances, that adhesions
to the pleura occur, thus involving a very sensitive
organ and producing a considerable degree of pain,
  But consumption of the lungs may be only par- 
108          DIRECT MEDICATION
tial in its incipiency, only affecting a limited  por-
tion of one or both  lungs, and yet cause in the
patient sufficient symptoms of the disease to  lead
to very unfavorable conclusions in  regard to re-
covery, if there is only  a superficial examination
in the case.
   And in most cases of partial consumption, under
a  very  thorough,  appropriate  and renovating
course, the sufferers will  not unfrequently recover
wholly  or in part,  obtaining,  at least in many
cases, a respite, or longer lease of life.  And these
are the cases so frequently recorded in the circu-
lars, etc., of patent  nostrum venders, as  having
been cured of consumption.
   In the advanced stage  of this  malady the whole
structure of the soft parts of the system becomes
interspersed with  tuberculous matter, and there-
fore no soundness  remains upon  which to found a
curative action,  and,  of  course,  no such case ever
was, or ever will be cured, short of the powerful
interposition  of Almighty God, and  that is not
likely to occur to  us  in this world.  Our spiritual
maladies may be  healed,  but nature claims her
pay for all the debts Ave contract.
   And again, under a superficial examination, other
forms of disease have been set down as consump-
tion, and very many false and erroneous certificates
have  thus  originated for the benefit  of the  self-
interested quack.   But  be it  remembered  that
genuine consumption, in a state  of full develop- 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.        109
ment, cannot be cured,  and only knaves and fools
will affirm that it can.
  Now, first, in incipient consumption there  is, as
the homoeopathist would tell you, a centripetal or
centralizing tendency of obstructing matter.  This
will always  be attended by a deficient centrifugal
action, or outward movement of obstructing parti-
cles, as well as a corresponding degree of derange-
ment and lack  of proper functional  action of the
whole  dermoid  structure  of the body.  At the
development of these two necessary  conditions in
the incipiency of this disease, the other train of
developments begin, and if the disease is cured at
all, it must be generally done at an early period of
its progress.
  Now to the argument and application. There can
no more effectual course be devised than the use
of the instrument armed with Fluid No. 2, and aj)-
plied all over the body reasonably, for the purpose
of properly stimulating the cutaneous vessels, etc.,
as well as causing a general  determination to the
surface, and also to remove the obstructing matter
from  the system by the immense pustulation to
follow its application.   Also, if you succeed in
these results, by the counter-irritation the cough
is removed, and Avith the internal use of the honey
balsam prescribed  under the head of Bronchitis,
with  iron,  wine, Peru\rian bark and  good diet,
bathing  alternately, with  the application of the
instrument—and if the  case can be cured, this will
do it.  Apply the instrument once in eight  days, 
110          DIRECT MEDICATION
and alternate bathing between each application of
the instrument.
  Internally. Take good port wine or pure brandy,
one pint;  syrup of white sugar, one pint;  precipi-
tated carbonate of iron, one ounce; Peruvian bark,
powdered fine, two ounces; essence of wintergreen,
two  ounces.   Mix all well in a bottle and cork.
When taken, shake well.  Dose: One tablespoon-
ful early in the morning, in the middle of the fore
and  afternoon, and  before  retiring to  bed (four
times per  day).
  The honey balsam may be taken about as in the
case of bronchitis, or say in half-teaspoonful doses,
once in two or three  hours or more, if the stomach
will bear  it.
  In  advanced consumption no agent is better
adapted to assist in free expectoration, and conse-
quent  comfort to the  patient,  than  this  honey
balsam.
  My pills for consumptives, which I make and
keep constantly on hand, are par-excellent in  ad-
vanced consumption, keeping the patient in a sur-
prising state of comfort and vigor until the very
last, and  prolonging the  life far beyond all ex-
pectation.  For the proof of which read the certifi-
cate  of Gideon Stoddard, one of the oldest and
most prominent citizens of Litchfield, in the county
of Hillsdale  and state  of Michigan. 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.        Ill
                CHAPTER XI.

          INFLAMMATION OF THE BRAIN.
I CANNOT here attempt to go into a detail of
      the  various grades of development of disease
of this organ.  As to remedy—what is accom-
plished of much value in brain disease, is generally
done by promptitude in the first stages of diseased
action.
             Improved Treatment.
  Arm the instrument with Fluid No. 2, and apply
it freely along the whole course of the spine, from
the base of the head to the hips or sacrum.   Let
this be done in a double row each side of the spine.
If it does  not work very thoroughly (which it will
seldom do in this form of disease) in from six to
twelve hours, re-apply it, and  thus continue until
it  does.   The  second  day apply it  freely to  the
arms  and  calves of the legs.  All this time keep
cloths Avell wet in vinegar  and water, of each one
pint, mixed, and containing tAvo heaping tablespoon-
fuls of salt.  The chill should be a little removed,
if it is very cold.   The cloths thus wet should  be
often changed.
  Give a sufficient quantity of the compound pow-
der of senna and cream  of tartar  to keep the
bowels very loose.  Take equal parts.  Mix well to-
gether. Dose, for an adult, one heaping teaspoonful
every hour, in a  little sugar and  water, or  clear 
112          DIRECT  MEDICATION
water, until it operates freely, and then one-fourth
to  one-half teaspoonful,  as  required, every two
hours.   Diuretics are very essential in these forms
of disease.  For this, give spirits  nitre, 1 ounce;
essence  of wintergreen,  \ ounce;  sweet oil,  2
ounces.  Mix well in a bottle.   Shake thoroughly
before giving.    Dose, one teaspoonful or more,
once in two hours.  The sweet oil prevents any irri-
tation to the stomach,  which is a very important
item in treating this disease.   They will generally
be benefitted by tonics; and with me, I have never
witnessed anything but the most beneficial results
from  the use  of quinine, which  is  generally re-
garded as a cerebrial excitant;  but in disease of
the brain, in my hands, a reasonable quantity has
always been of the first importance as an internal
remedy.
   Take quinine, 30 grains;  morphine,  2 grains;
gelsemin, 1 grain; capsicum (cayenne),  20 grains.
Solid  extract of valerian to form into 20 pills. Give
one every two to four hours, as required to main-
tain a sufficient tonic and quieting action.  This is
for an adult of course.
  Bathe  in this form of disease  with the alkaline
bath every day, and if the fever runs high, to do the
bathing  while  it is on is  of the first importance.
Be  sure  to keep the  feet  and hands warm at all
times.  If this  course will not cure brain disease,
then it cannot be cured.   Very harsh  medicines
are always injurious.   As an  alterative diuretic,
sometimes  I  use the iodide  of potassium, sixty 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.        113
grains, to two  fluid ounces of water.   Dose, one
teaspoonful once in two hours.
  This treatment  is applicable to dropsy of this
organ, and its diseases generally.
               CHAPTER XII.

          INFLAMMATION OF THE EYES.
              Improved Treatment.
     ARM the Renovator Avith Fluid No. 2, and ap-
       ply it in a double row along the spine on
each side, beginning at the back of the neck, and
going down to the Ioavct  extremity of the chest.
Repeat  this as often as the local  soreness of the
back will alloAv, and in bad cases also apply the
instrument to  the upper portions of the arms, from
the shoulders to the  elboAvs.  General and regular
bathing should be attended to as often as twice a
Aveek,  with the Avarm  alkaline bath.  Mild and
cooling diet ought  always  to be  administered.
Keep the bowels  quite  loose Avith  the  compound
powder of senna (see appendix).   Take pure rock
salt and dissolve, make as strong a brine as can be
made Avith cold soft  Avater, filter it very carefully,
and wash the eyes five or six times each twenty-
four hours with it.  At  night, if the inflammation
is  not  vTery severe,  wet soft cloths in a weaker
solution of the salt, and bind on the eyes through
     5* 
114          DIRECT MEDICATION

the night.   If the  inflammation  is  very  high,
poultice them nights Avith elm bark.  If any film
appears on  the eye,  reduce rock salt, previously
well dried, to a very fine powder, and sprinkle or
blow  what would lay on a three-cent piece into
each eye, three times per day, at the time causing
the sufferer to keep the hands or handkerchief from
them  until the tears dissolve and carry the salt
from the eyes.  With sore  eyes, never wipe them
—press carefully  a soft cloth or handkerchief to
the eye to absorb the tears, matter, etc., but allow
of no rubbing motion.
               CHAPTER XIII.

INFLAMMATION OF THE LIVER AND SPLEEN—ACUTE
                 AND CHRONIC.
             Improved  Treatment.
     ARM the instrument with Fluid No.  2, and
       apply freely to the right side of the body,
commencing  at the lower extremity of the breast
bone, and going around that side to the back bone
or spine; thence doAvn the right side of the spine
one inch  from it, to a point even with the  navel;
thence across to the navel, thence to the  point  of
commencement, and then over the whole surface
thus circumscribed. 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.        115
  If the pain does not materially decrease within
tAvo  hours,  re-apply  the instrument thoroughly.
In chronic hepatitis (chronic inflammation of liver),
the instrument  should be re-applied every four to
six days, as the  surface will admit of re-application.
The acute form will very rarely continue more than
from two to four days, if the following and the fore-
going directions are strictly observed.
  Internally administer the following:
  Podophyllin,  2 grains;  leptandrin,  4  grains;
white sugar, 60 grains.  Mix and rub  (triturate)
very  finely in   a mortar,  and  then add to it,
quinine, 40 grains,   and mix  and rub  all well
together. Divide into twenty doses, and give one
every two  hours, until they act freely  upon the
bowels, after which give them only once in four to
six hours, or just often enough to maintain a mod-
erate degree of looseness of the bowels.
  This  compound is  also equally applicable in the
chronic form of this disease, but should be admin-
istered  so as to act freely upon the boAvels as often
as once in four  to six days,  and then  continued in
small or broken doses between the active adminis-
tration.
          Inflammation of the Spleen.
  Treat this malady, both the acute and chronic
forms, in precisely the  same  manner  as recom-
mended for inflammation of the liver, only apply-
ing the instrument to the left, instead of the right
side. 
116
DIRECT MEDICATION
               CHAPTER XIV.

INFLAMMATION  OF THE  LUNGS AND PLEURA--CON-
     GESTION OF THE LUNGS AND PLEURISY.
     ONGESTION, as  applied to a part, is only
       descriptive of condition (meaning fullness),
and signifies a preternatural determination or col-
lection of a fluid in a part.
   1st.  Obstruction—cause; 2d.  Congestion—con-
dition;  3d. Inflammation, suppuration,  and dis-
organization, THE RESULT.

              Improved Treatment.
   Arm the instrument with Fluid No. 2, and apply
freely over the  whole chest and right side, down to
the lower rib.   If it does not act freely, re-apply it
in six hours.  I will here remark, that  when taken
in the congestive stage, I have never known a case
of either form of disease to go beyond  the first
stage of  these complaints, where the instrument
was well  applied.
   But still, as an auxiliary, the following may be
given.
   Quinine, 20 grains;  powdered  blood   root,  10
grains; podophyllin, 3 grains; leptandrin, 6 grains;
white sugar, 60 grains.
   Mix and rub very fine in a mortar,  then divide
into fifteen powders.  To an adult, give one eAery
two  hours, until  they operate freely;  aftenvards, 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.        117
once in four to six  hours, to maintain  a degree of
looseness  of the  bowels.   If  the disease has far
advanced,  or  reached the  stage of hepatization
(the lungs more or less consolidated, and having,
Avhen they are examined  after death,  the appear-
ance of liver)  or  suppuration, then  maintain the
strength with the following, as Avell as to promote
free expectoration.
  Give the honey balsam (see formula under the
head of Bronchitis), eArery hour or two, in one-half
to one teaspoonful doses as the stomach will  bear,
and to each dose add fluid  extract of  valerian, or
Scutellaria, ten drops.  Or use the following:
  Blood  root, poAvdered,  20 grains; lobelia  herb,
powdered, 20 grains; ipecac, powdered, 10 grains;
liquorice root, powdered, 30  grains;  quinine,  30
grains.
  Mix well, and form into  powders, twenty in
number,  and give  one, with  a  little sugar and
water, every two hours or  oftener, if  required, to
keep up the strength of the patient and maintain
a free  expectoration.  Bathing is always of  great
importance, and  should  be applied in a proper
manner every day,  or  every  second day, at the
farthest.   (See chapter on bathing.) 
118          DIRECT  MEDICATION
CHAPTER XV.
 INFLAMMATION OF THE STOMACH, DYSPEPSIA, AC
                ACUTE GASTRITIS.
              Improved  Treatment.
     ARM the instrument Avith  Fluid No.  2, and
       apply over the epigastrium (the part imme-
diately over the stomach); make the application
very thorough, especially  if the  pain and soreness
is very great in the stomach, or if attended by any
considerable degree of nausea  and vomiting.   If
relief does not folloAV the  application of the instru-
ment within six hours, reapply it thoroughly, and
if necessary, in two hours  after rub the  surface
with the fluid.   I have never seen a case that Avas
curable that would not yield in a  little time to
this method.
  It is well to give internally the compound pow-
der of senna, in half teaspoonful doses  every two
hours,  until it acts upon  the  bowels, and then in
one-quarter to  one-eighth  teaspoonful,  or  from
eight  to twehre grains, so as to maintain a mild
action  of the bowels, or give  more if required to
do this.  When severe vomiting is present, it may
be required to  delay  giving medicine until the
counter-irritation has produced  a sufficient  diver-
sion to arrest the vomiting, which will require but
a little time ordinarily.  One thing should ahvays 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.        119
be strictly borne in mind in this complaint, and that
is this: in giving drink, be very careful to give only
one  or  two  tablespoonfuls  at  a time, and if a
great degree of nausea prevails, give  much less.
It may be  repeated as  often as  it is supposed the
previous quantity has been absorbed.   Cold Avater,
cold lemonade, cold mucilage of elm bark, or gum
arabic, may be thus given.
   For food, the best  diet  during the active stage
is ATery small quantities of cornmeal gruel,  cold;
sometimes warm diet appears to agree best  with
the stomach.   After  the active excitement of the
organ has subsided, a more nourishing  and proper
diet will be required.
          Chronic  Form, and Dyspepsia.
   Chronic gastritis and dyspepsia are  so  nearly
allied to each other in all their ordinary symptoms,
that we deem one  course of treatment as sufficient
for both, although no one ought to  expect to be
cured momentarily of either malady, as that is im-
possible, as long continued organic  derangement
can only be cured by  comparatively a slow process
of restoration.   Let the reader strictly observe the
remarks, soon to follow in  this  chapter, in regard
to dyspepsia.
 Improved Treatment for both forms of Disease.
  For these  maladies, or I might more appropri-
ately say (in a very large majority of cases), results
of a long  continued course of impropriety in eat-
ing, drinking, etc.,  the reader is  directed to apply 
120
DIRECT MEDICATION
the instrument (armed as before) once in four days
over the entire  epigastrium; apply it as nearly as
may be to one-half of the surface, striking or tap-
ping two or three times in a place, then  skipping
the Avidth  of the instrument, and  again applying
it, etc., until the whole surface of the epigastrium
is gone over.   In  four days afterwards apply the
instrument to  the  intervening spaces in the  same
manner as before.   In four days after, the  sections
to which  the instrument was first applied will  be
in a condition for  reapplication, and this course
should be  faithfully pursued until a ATery marked
improvement is manifest, after Avhich it Avill  only
be required to  apply it  once  in eight days, and
which  should be continued as long  as any trace
of  the disease remains.   (Carefully  peruse the
chapter on Diet for the Sick, and also  the one
on Bathing.)  It is  important to  maintain a regu-
lar  condition of the bowels in these  forms of dis-
ease, for which purpose give a large teaspoonful
of the  neutralizing cordial every time immediately
after eating, or from three to six times  per day, as
required.
  Mucilages, as  slippery elm,  etc.,  should  be con-
stantly employed as the stomach will bear.   Gen-
eral tonics are always necessary in these cases  to
facilitate  a rapid recovery.  For this use leptan-
drin, 10 grains; geranin, 10 grains; morphine,  10
grains; capsicum,  20 grains;  quinine, 40 grains.
Mix well  and  form  into forty pills, with  simple
syrup or honey; one of them will contain a fourth 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         121
of a grain  each of morphine, leptandrin  and ge-
ranin, half a grain of cayenne and one  grain of
quinine.   One  of these may be given from one to
four times per day, and from one to tAvo (one will
generally do) should be given at bed  time every
night, especially, if your patient is restless.  These
pills, you will  find, have a  truly surprising effect
for good.

                SPECIAL REMARKS.
  It is generally the  custom  to regard dyspepsia
in the same  light as would be the case  with a dis-
ease Avhose origin is the  sudden closing up of the
pores  of the skin, obstruction of some  of the im-
portant  emunctories, or those resulting from the
action of specific poison that has been in various
ways  received  into the system.   Now, although
following a dyspeptic condition will be a  state of
general derangement of all the secretory functions,
yet, as a general rule, this  form of disease is to be
regarded as the  result of a departure  (too often
knoAvingly) from a course of physical or physiolog-
ical rectitude, and like spiritual maladies,  can only
be  radically cured  when the  party afflicted learns
not to sin, but  to obey nature, who, if a debt is
contracted,   Avill grant  no  pardon,  but exact
the payment  of the utmost farthing, even if it
rends every tissue Avith pain, and exhausts life itself
to pay the forfeiture.   Propriety  and not medicine
is therefore  the proper cure for dyspepsia, and the
only one available.
     6 
122          DIRECT MEDICATION
 A few Facts of Importance to every Dyspeptic.
  1. The first important thing to prevent dyspepsia
is proper food.  2. The proper amount of mastica-
tion, or  reducing food to a fine  pulp, either by the
teeth, or, if they  are  gone, by artificial measures.
3.  Retaining and masticating the food sufficiently
long to allow of a free flow and admixture of the
saliva of the mouth before entering the stomach.
4. Not to have the  food too hot, whether fluid or
solid.  5. Eating at regular meals only, and never
between times, or  nearer than  two hours before
going to bed.

              Physiological Facts.
  To have  digestion properly carried on, the gas-
tric juice must be of  proper quantity and quality,
and also there must be a proper ratio of proportion
between this and  the  amount of food  eaten, as the
quantity of secretion of this fluid varies greatly in
different stomachs,  even  where the  fluid is  of a
proper character.  Noav, as  no  way of measuring
the amount  of secretion and ascertaining its qual-
ity ordinarily exists,  a few facts  properly under-
stood will constitute an infallible guide, easily un-
derstood, and  which Avill certainly lead to success.
First, then, the appetite continues at meals only as
long as the gastric fluid is in process of secretion.
Secondly, any substance being introduced into the
stomach will cause  an immediate secretion of thi3
fluid.  Thirdly, if the meals are daily at the same
hours, the  secretion will  become  just as regular. 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.        123
Fourthly, if a disproportionate amount of drink or
fluid is taken into the stomach during meals, the
gastric fluid will be thereby improperly diluted, and
digestion in consequence impeded.  Many persons
appear to be so naturally strong that they can eat
and  drink, as they choose, Avith impunity;  but  a
day, a fearful day of reckoning, will at last over-
take the strong man for his violations  of the holy
laws of nature, for  there appears  to  be as  much
sanctity in one department of nature as there is in
another, in a physical as  in a moral  sense.   One
author says: " The soul in  a  diseased body, like
the martyr in his dungeon,  may retain its value,
but has lost its usefulness."

                  Conclusion.
  If food  is not properly digested, the more that
is  eaten the worse  for the recipients, as no pure
blood  can be  formed from improperly digested
food, and  the liver and other emunctories become
overworked in the process of purification, or recti-
fying the imperfect work of  the stomach, and thus
liver and other diseases are entailed.
   One ounce of food  properly digested is of more
benefit to the system than many ounces imperfectly
digested.   Now, dyspeptic,  whoever  you are, let
me say to you, first, avoid the  use  of alcoholic
stimulants.  I am fully aware of the fact that some
prominent  physicians recommend the taking  of
such stimulus, in order to excite  the  stomach for
the time being to greater action,  and the general 
124
DIRECT  MEDICATION
 rule is to have it taken just before meals, and eArery
 grog-drinker Avell knoAvs that  this creates  a tem-
 porary appetite,  and the thinking person Avill at
 once perceive that under such circumstances the
 individual will eat too much.  And it is always a
 safe rule to regard  nature as furnishing all the ap-
 petite that the digestive strength will bear, and
 more generally the danger is from  an  abnormal
 instead of lack of appetite.   Stimulants, such  as
 are  of a soluble nature, increase  the  secretions  of
 gastric fluid,  but  Avhen taken beyond  the quantity
 that the natural  strength of the stomach requires,
 act  adversely and lessen the  secretion.   With
 this fact in vieAv it will be readily understood that
 food, to be healthy, should not  be  too highly sea-
 soned, or too rich.   When  stimulants are admin-
istered in aid of digestion, it should be immediately
 after eating,  and not before, as the  stomach will
then  have received the food Avhile unexcited, and
the stimulant will then combine Avith the food and
 aid in digestion.
  Dyspeptic, Avhen you eat chew your food very fine,
 and be long  enought about it to have the salival
glands of the  mouth moisten it thoroughly, so it Avill
be fitted for  SAvallowing (deglutition) without ac-
companying it with drink. If you are a bad dyspep-
tic, drink nothing during meals, nor  for one hour
afterwards.   In this Avay you will of  necessity eat
so slowly that the appetite will fail before you have
eaten enough to  possibly overload the stomach.
The result will be that the fine  pulp thus produced 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.        125
 will  be evenly and simultaneously acted upon by
 the gastric fluid, and comparatively perfect diges-
 tion accomplished.  Thus the blood will be replen-
 ished by pure material, the emunctories relieved
 of their over-secretion, the strength of the general
 system and digestive organs improve gradually to-
 gether, and the patient safely  and surely return to
 health, in the  exactly opposite  manner  from  that
 in which they departed from nature's requirements.
 Eat nothing between meals, go to bed  early, and
 arise early, bathe  thoroughly with the warm alka-
 line bath once a week in the manner described under
 the head of bathing, and bid defiance to the hordes
 of seventh sons of the seventh son, and  quacks  in
 general, who only  deceive you in order to get your
 money  for  naught.  Not even  "Doesticks'  four-
 horse power balsam1-' Avill be required to cure you.
 But one may say this plain common  sense course
 does not stimulate the marvelous or wonder-lovin«
 propensities sufficiently.  Well, let us talk about
 that a little. The  world constantly pays a premium
 upon vice and imposition, while virtue and fairness
 is left at a great discount.   "  Wide is the gate and
 broad is the way  that leadeth to  destruction, and
 many go in tJiereat; became straigU is the gate
 and narrow is the way that leadeth to life, and few
 there be that find it." " But wisdom is justified of
 her children."
  Noav,  which do you like the best?   The man
 who  Avill lie  to you, and deceive and  rob  your
family of their necessary support; will at the same 
126          DIRECT MEDICATION
time give you some nostrum, in a large majority
of cases, hurtful to you; let  you run along under
a wrong impression, while disease is doing its sure
work, and preparing you  so that your family, by
the time the quacks  drink up their means  of sus-
tenance, may also be deprived of the only  safe-
guard remaining—your  own  right arm ?  Or will
you Avisely turn to him  who  strives  not  to excite
your credulity, but gives you the advantages of
the plain simple  truths of nature, as an  infallible
and ever-loving God has wisely formed and appro-
priately adapted them to the  natures of all he lias
created.  " No man can serve two masters."
  The  reason for my occupying so much space
upon the subject of dyspepsia is from the fact that
indigestion is the great  nest for  the production of
so many forms  of diseased  action.   And as an
illustration of the gullibility of some persons, and
also the real potency of common sense in  curing
disease, I will close this chapter by relating a cir-
cumstance told by Prof. John King, of Cincinnati,
Ohio, to the  medical class in the winter of 1853.
He said that several years previous a Avealthy gen-
tleman,  from one of the Southern States—a man
who had been raised in  a  life of luxury, Avine-
drinking, gormandizing, etc.—came to him a con-
firmed   dyspeptic.  Previously,  however, he  had
tried extensively many of the self-reputed Goliaths
of the healing art, without receiving more than  a
gradual  collapsing of his purse and an increase of
his disorder. 
BY  ACUPUNCTURATION.        127
  He said he reversed the man's whole course of
living, put  him  on proper rules of bathing, etc.,
let him hire his board at a convenient hotel, where
he could receive every required attention, and, in
order to satisfy him about medicine, he  gave him
small doses of carbonate  of soda conjointly with
his meals.  The  cause being removed, and nature
left free from any unnatural incumbrance—the vis
medicatrix naturae noAV free to act—the man recoA^-
ered quite  rapidly, aud in a  few weeks was well.
Before leaving for the South (his home) he called
on Dr. King, and inquired  the amount of his bill.
The doctor said, as the man had been no expense
of moment to him, he did not  intend  to charge
him but little, thinking to himself the poor fellow
had paid enough already to the scamps Avho had
previously treated him, and so said the doctor to
the man : " You can pay me Avhat; you choose to."
Whereupon Avith  that liberality characteristic of
Southern gentlemen, he  immediately forked over
three fifty  dollar bank notes.  He  then earnestly
importuned the Professor for the compound of the
wonderful medicine that had cured him, in order to
insure him  against future ravages  from the same
disease.  The doctor hesitated, but finally told him
that if he would not be angry he would reveal all
to him.  This assurance obtained, the doctor gave
him a plain, common-place, common-sense version
of the matter, both cause of disease and cause of
cure.   He listened with  amazement during  the
doctor's narration, and stood speechless  some time 
128          DIRECT MEDICATION
afterwards, when he at length broke forth:  " Well,
I do not grudge the money.   I have  learned more
than it is Avorth; but, sir, if I had knoAvn how you
were treating me, I Avould have left you at once."
 Why?   "Could not the prophet have  ordered
something more  hard of accomplishment  than  to
wash a certain number of times in the  river Jor-
dan ?"  Noav such is mankind.
CHAPTER XVI.
INFLAMMATION OF THE BOWELS,  DYSENTERY,  ETC.
     BY inflammation of the boAvels is understood,
       generally, among the  common  people, a
stoppage  or  obstruction of the boAvels at some
point, folloAved, if not  removed, by bloating, morti-
fication and death.   By the medical  profession,
dysentery is generally treated as inflammation of
the boAvels, under  the  designation of  enteritis,
which term is sufficiently broad in its meaning to
apply to a diseased action of this kind, no matter
where  it is located in  the alimentary canal, or
whether it only involves a part or all of that  por-
tion of the system.  Medical men  have, for  con-
venience, again subdivided enteritis into colorectitis
(where the inflammatory action is confined  to the
colon and rectum), and duodenitis (Avhere the sup-
posed first attack  of the inflammation is  in the 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.        129
 second stomach, or duodenum).  Now a mere stop-
 page in the boAvels,  Avith Avhich every practitioner
 of medicine becomes acquainted, and Avhich often
 occurs in the latter stages of Ioav grades of disease,
 and the same condition, i. e.  a stoppage occurring
 under the  action of high grades of disease, and
 Avhile the vitality is  still strong and active, render-
 ing local inflammation sure soon to folloAV, are in
 my judgment to be treated  somewhat differently.
 These may be confounded Avith common wind and
 billious colic, occurring in those persons  supposed
 to be in a previous state of health, and Avhich will
 receive the proper attention under  their  appropri-
 ate headings, but should not be so confounded.
  Dysentery proper  should  by no means,  in my
judgment, be confounded, either in theory or prac-
 tice, Avith the above and first named conditions.
  The  stoppage  or  obstruction occurring  in low
 and advanced  stages of disease, is generally the
 result of loss of vitality in the boAvels, and should
 be  regarded as an evidence of near approach to
 decomposition or death of the parts involved.  Is
 seldom or never attended by active inflammation,
 from the fact that there does not remain a sufficient
 degree of vitality in the parts to sustain  such an
action.  This opinion may be in conflict Avith some
high medical authorities, but I believe every  one
who has practiced medicine  for a series  of years
will bear testimony to its truthfulness ; and, under
the constitutional laAvs of the country, I  have as 
130
DIRECT MEDICATION
much right to an  opinion  as  the  most noted pro-
fessor of medicine.

       Ireatment proper in this Condition.
  First,  stimulate the cutaneous vessels with  the
instrument, armed Avith cholera Fluid No. 3.  Apply
it scatteringly, but quite thoroughly all over  the
fleshy portions of the body.  If nausea and vomit-
ing  prevails,  apply the  instrument  with  great
thoroughness over the whole region of the stomach.
Second, sustain the strength of your patient by the
following:
  Take quinine, 30 grains, put into a vial and add
muriatic acid drop  by drop, at  the  same time
shaking it until there is enough of the acid  to dis-
solve the quinine.  Then add to this two  ounces
of good  spirits (alcohol or the very best brandy),
and  two ounces of syrup of white  sugar.   Shake
them well together and give from one to two tea-
spoonfuls once in tAvo hours.
  Now we come to the last  and most important
aid we can offer in this case, namely, removing the
obstruction and  carrying off  from the bowels all
morbid matter, stimulating and bringing them again
to a healthy condition, or to such a condition as to
induce a return to a state of health. For this pur-
pose mix spirits of turpentine one-half ounce; castor
oil, two ounces, and one teaspoonful of either oil
of peppermint, Avintergreen,  or sassafras.   Shake
well together, and give  one tablespoonful once in
two hours, alternated with the tonic before  recom- 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.        131
mended.   Or, if the  stomach will bear it,  give
instead small teaspoonful doses of the compound
powder of senna, combined with a little sweetened
water, and Avith each dose mix from ten  to fifteen
drops of  tincture  of  capsicum  (cayenne pepper),
or double that amount of the tincture of xanthox-
ylum (prickly ash).   If the bowels appear stub-
born, or do not readily move, assist them  by the
use, every two or  three hours, of injections  com-
posed as follows:
  Thin corn meal gruel,  to each pint of which add
and dissolve  a heaping  tablespoonful  of  salt,
and then  add and mix thoroughly with the  com-
pound tAvo ounces of  either SAveet oil  or sweet
cream.  Keep  it Avarm, and agitate it, so as  to
mix it well, each time you give it.  Warm appli-
cations, either dry or Avet, as warm  dry  flannel
or warm fomentations applied to the boAvels, will
greatly facilitate their power to move.  The proper
modification  of treatment, to follow the removal of
the obstruction, will  readily suggest itself to the
reader.
  In cases of obstruction where the system  is in a
state to  favor an active inflammatory condition,
there being  a large amount  of  vitality  in the
patient, the  tonic is  not generally required, but
there should be a large amount of mucilage of elm
or something of the kind given, during the course
of  the disease.
  The cathartic action should be pushed 'forward
Avith energy, for which purpose double the dose of 
 132          DIRECT MEDICATION

 the cathartic, before recommended, and the second
 compound  (the  one  containing  the  compound
 powder of senna), is by far the best.   The use of
 the enemata (injections) should be persevered Avith,
 as in the previous case, Avith the same compound,
 or you can employ castile  soap  suds, slippery elm
 mucilage, or other  convenient and proper agents.
 Epsom salts, given in this  case, is often very bene-
 ficial as an adjunct.   But in this  condition the
 thing next in importance to the internal action of
 the  medicine employed to  remove the obstruction,
 is a proper amount of local counter-irritation, in
 order to Avithdraw from  the point of stoppage, as
 far as possible, the local  irritation.  For this pur-
 pose fill the  instrument with Fluid No. 2, and apply
 thoroughly all over the stomach and bowels, and
 if relief is not obtained in tAventy-four  hours, re-
 apply it, continuing the Avhile the use of the other
 agencies.  In  nine out of ten cases, if the instru-
 ment is thoroughly applied, and folloAved up  by
 re-application  every twenty-four hours, it will so
 far remove the local cause,  that nature Avill in tAvo
 or three days remove the obstruction  herself, still
 it is better to employ proper internal remedies.

     We will now treat of Dysentery proper.
  In regard  to this disease,  it is generally conceded
that it is an  inflammation of the mucous membrane
of the  intestines, and this  inflammation  varies so
much in its extent, intensity and point of location,
that  it has  led various authors to present much 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         133
speculation in theory, and too often uncertainty in
practice.  Laying aside all these matters, for Avant
of space, I Avill only briefly state those points neces-
sary to be understood to insure success in practice.
No form of disease, except, perhaps, cholera, has
ever had recommended  so  many  different agents
for  its cure—a large proportion of Avhich are set
forth by their various  advocates  as  specifics, or
nearly so at least—as has dysentery. Laying aside
speculation  in regard to change of temperature,
malaria, dampness, dryness, etc., as predisposing
causes, we  will  assume  that the condition of the
part affected  is  local congestion, folloAved  by  a
greater  or less degree of inflammation, causing  a
thickening and  contraction of the lamina of  the
bowels, resulting in a  greater  or less  degree of
obstruction, as far as the gut is in this condition.
The boAvels  become measurably empty below—
they collapse—and by  the peristolic action,  rub
upon their oAvn surfaces,  involving first the mucous,
and then the serous membrane, along their course ;
and the discharge,  in  ordinary cases, is first of
mucous, and then mucous streaked with blood, and
finally assuming all the various  changes attendant
on  this disease,  Avith  all  the  accompanying and
varied symptoms incident to this  most distressing
malady.
  Thus  the  passage,  from the boAvels  of  fecal
matter is in part  or entirely arrested; and it is not
unfrequently the  case that what is discharged is of
so acrid a  nature as to  cause  extreme distress to 
134          DIRECT MEDICATION
 the sufferer Avhen at stool.   The manageability of
 the case is measurably determined by the locality
 and seA'erity of attack,  previous health, and  the
 remedies employed, as well as manner of treat-
 ment.   If the disease is  located in  the  upper por-
 tion of the boAvels, the  medicines  given will  act
 much  more  promptly then  when  it  is located
 farther doAvn the intestinal tube; and in case  it is
 located in the colon and rectum, it  will require
 much  more time and medicine to reach it,  and
 cause far more suffering to the patient.   Such has
 been my experience;  and this I regard  as mainly
 the reason of the great diversity of cures and dif-
 ference of opinion  Avith  regard to this  malady.
 One man  has  a slight  attack of duodenitis, he
 takes a does of salts; another, a dose of  castor oil;
 a third,  a dose of compound powder of senna; a
 fourth, a dose of rhubarb, etc.,  ad infinitum; and
 in each case the cure establishes in the mind of the
 patient the specific virtues of the medicine  taken.
 The allopathist does the same Avith his mercury, or
 combines it in form of calomel  and  jalap, or calo-
 mel and  oil, or calomel and soda, and the speedy
 action of these several  compounds removes  the
 obstruction, and carries with them the contents of
 the bowels; and as the inflammation is in its incip-
 iency,  the  system  being so far assisted, arouses
 her own energies and the restoration  is  soon com-
plete, and mercury is then supposed to be the one
thing needful.
  But in case the inflammatory action has passed 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.        135
beyond the first stage of the disease, then A, B, C
and D recommend their certain cures in vain, and
wonder at their OAvn failures, and the  allopathist
gives his mercurials, and  instead of curing, he in-
creases the malady both  in  intensity and extent,
and soon the  cry is raised that there  is a new form
of the disease in their midst, which is unmanageable
with  long used and well  established remedies, a
panic ensues, a  large number  of the citizens die,
but the doctor  is not blamed.  Such is  the  ignor-
ance and  gullibility of mankind.  All such modes
of treatment  will ordinarily fail of success in the
manner generally employed, where  the case  is a
genuine attack of colorectitis,  or inflammation of
the loAver portion of the bowels, or Avhen the in-
flammation has advanced to full development in
the other  forms of this disease.  " Time, patience
and perseverance conquer all things," if the proper
means are employed.
  To cure dysentery, in its varied forms and degrees
of intensity,  three things  are  required.  First, a
correct diagnosis or knowledge of the  real condi-
tion of the sufferer.   Secondly, a proper selection
of remedies  to meet  the indications  presented.
Thirdly, an abiding faith  in  ultimate success, and
unwaA'ering  perseverance in treatment  until  suc-
cess is finally reached.  I have knoAvn several prac-
titioners Avho Avere pursuing a correct course of
practice, but who, on account  of the  malignant
character  of  the disease,  became frustrated,  and
abandoned their only surety of success, and dodged 
136          DIRECT MEDICATION
about from one thing to another, trying everything
in turn Avhich the  peculiarities of a  community
could suggest  (which are never a few), and thereby
not only losing their patients by their Avant of per-
severance  and faith, but  losing the confidence of
the community in  their skill, and also their  own
confidence  in  themselves.  This should never be
so.   " Let every man be fully persuaded in his own
mind."
              Improved  Treatment.
  As dysentery is  measurably local in its  effects,
there is no  disease AAThich Avill be more  signally af-
fected by local means.  The first  thing in import.
ance  is to get the  skin in a proper condition, for
which purpose mix equal parts  of alcohol and
warm water, and Avith a sponge or flannel cloth, in
a Avarm room (no air currents), rub the Avhole body,
legs and  arms thoroughly with this  mixture.  In
one  hour  aftenvards  make a  strong castile  soap
suds, and in the same manner go  all  over the sys-
tem, after Avhich sponge Avith  a weak  solution  of
clean salt and water, and rub the skin dry with  a
dry  cloth.  This done, arm the  instrument  Avith
equal parts of Fluids Nos. 2 and 3, and apply freely
all over the  stomach and  bowels.  This  course,
accompanied by the internal administration of rhu-
barb ^ ounce, soda \ ounce, essence of  peppermint
^ ounce, fluid  measure, good spirits  1  ounce, and
syrup of Avhite sugar 4 ounces.   First, in an earthen
boAvl or  porcelain mortar, mix the  rhubarb and
soda thoroughly Avith the spirits, and rub all lumps 
            BY  ACUPUNCTURATION.         137

to pieces; then  thoroughly incorporate Avith them
the syrup of sugar, and lastly add the essence, and
Avell mix all together.  When it  is given, stir it
up Avell.
  Dose.—For an  adult, one  tablespoonful  every
hour until a free action is obtained  upon the boAV-
els;  after this  give  small  doses, just enough to
keep the bowels open.   With a proper regard to
diet, this Avill be all  that is necessary in  the more
common varieties  of  dysentery, and also in the in-
cipient stages of the  more malignant  forms.   The
cure will usually be complete in from tAventy-four
to seventy-two  hours after the treatment is insti-
tuted.   I have  frequently entirely cured cases by
the application of the instrument thus arranged in
three or four days, Avithout the internal adminis-
tration of a particle of  medicine.
  In  more  malignant  forms  of the  disease  (the
Avord malignant is not here to be understood in its
full sense as indicating incurability) a greater de-
gree of perseverance is required to insure  success
in practice, and I Avill  therefore endeaAror  to give
such directions that no  one  can fail of general suc-
cess if they rigidly enforce my rules.  To be brief,
I Avill take up the subject of  colorectitis, as this is
by far the worst form of the disease to manage, and
I Avill premise by saying, that Avhat will cure  this
disease when thus  located, and of a malignant type,
will be safe 'to  rely upon in the more mild forms
and those more  favorably located.   With the allo-
pathist, mercury,  argenti, nitrus, etc.,  are resorted
      6* 
138          DIRECT  MEDICATION
 to.  While AATith the Thompsonian,  botanic, etc ,
 repeated emetics, steam Arapor baths, enemata, No.
 6 Composition, etc., are the  order of practice, and
 the homoeopathist gives what really amounts to no
 medicine at all, while the eclectics, as a general rule,
 prescribe  large doses of podophyllin,  leptandrin,
 etc., with other treatment.  And of course a per-
 centage of those treated by these various methods
 referred to, will recover proportionately to the con-
 stitutional strength of the patients, degree of inten-
 sity of disease, and  the stage to Avhich the disease
 has  arrived, and  consequent agreement or  disa-
 greement between the conditions present and the
 medicine administered for their cure.
  In  this condition of the  disease it requires  a
 large amount of confidence in, as well  as perseve-
 rance, with even  the  very best  of treatment,  to
 cure,  as in this instance it Avill require a very long
 time  by  way  of internal remedies,  generally, to
 sensibly affect the disease.  But  in  all bad forms
 of the disease the fever present must be cured  in
 conjunction Avith opening the bowels, and inducing
 a gradual return to a natural stool, as well  as  to
 subdue  the tenesmus  (frequent  desire  to go  to
 stool), tormina  (severe griping), etc.  Professors
 John King and Robert S.  Neavton, some years
 ago recommended, as a general internal  prescrip-
tion in this disease, the following:  podophyllin,  6
 grains;  leptandrin,  4 grains; lactin,  30 grains.
 This Avas mixed and divided into four poAvders, and
given at suitable intervals, until free action of the 
BY  ACUPUNCTURATION.        139
bowels was induced.  In one form of the disease,
which occurred in the summer of 1849, I made use
of the same compound essentially, Avith almost uni-
versal success.  My prescription was:  podophyllin,
4 grains; leptandrin, 6 grains; quinine, 40 grains;
Avhite  sugar,  1 dram.   Mix and  triturate very
finely, then divide into  eight  powders, and give
one to an adult once in two hours, until the secre-
tions of the bowels were changed in appearance, and
the obstruction removed.   The form of dysentery,
in which  this  course  Avas followed  Avith such
marked  success, Avas almost uniform that season,
and  in its general  characteristics was as  follows :
high fever, frequent  stool, hard straining,  etc., and
the discharges Avere composed of mucous and blood,
Avhich latter Avas generally quite fresh, but affording
no indications of a general breaking down of the
organic powers of the bowels, or approach towards
putrefaction, as "will be hereafter  described.  In
the above form heroic treatment "will speedily cure.
But  in seasons Avhen the disease is characterized
by passages in some cases resembling bloody brine,
in others discharging quantities of green  matter,
and  again in others  quantities of matter having a
fatty appearance,  or characterized by nebula (a
peculiar cloud-like  appearance), with numerous
floating  specks of flocci  (or supposed to be such)
on the  surface, and especially if the odor of the
stools  indicates a condition nearing putrefaction,
I have found that any  kind of  rash treatment
usually results badly, from over-reaching the pow- 
140          DIRECT MEDICATION
 ers of the system, which are already greatly dimin-
 ished by the diseased action, and more especially
 so if the disease is attended with a low grade of
 fever, as is  generally the case.   Again, great care
 is frequently required in the treatment of dysen-
 tery, as it may change from a mild to a severe type
 at any time, assuming various complications inci-
 dent.  I have pursued mainly the following course,
 in the treatment of the worst forms of this disease,
 with almost universal success.  Attend to the sur-
 face of the  body as directed  under the treatment
 for the simple form of the disease.
   Give the  rhubard mixture prescribed  for  the
 milder  form of the disease  in tablespoonful  doses
 onoe in tAvo hours.  Also take leptandrin, 8 grains ;
 powd. hydrastis (golden seal), 30 grains; quinine,
 40 grains; capsicum  (cayenne pepper), 12 grains.
   Mix, and with honey or  syrup of sugar, or hy-
 dro-alcoholic  extract of valerian, or cypripedum
 if you have them, form the  whole into thirty pills,
 and  give one once in tAvo hours, alternating them
 with the mixture.  Whenever the patient desires
 or Avill drink, stir one teaspoonful of clean flax or
 plantain seeds (the plantain  seed is preferable),
 with a little cold Avater,  and  let it be thus drank.
 These seeds, given  in the manner prescribed, have
 proved in my hands to be the best form in which
mucilage  could be given  to  the patient, and I
never have lost any one in case I could obtain a free
passage of the seed through the bowels.  The seeds
are both alike mucilaginous, this element being 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.        141
abundant in their outer structure;  the  plantain,
being smallest, is more easily taken, and is there-
fore preferable.  They are carried along by the
cathartic action, and being unirritating themselves,
they Avill find a lodgment all through the course of
the intestinal  tube,  and "will  SAvell and become
much enlarged; Avill also be thickly coated  over
Avith  the constantly  softening mucilage, Avhich is
being all the time given  off.   They are  entirely
smooth, and having  no taste, they are readily
drank,  if it is  done before they  have  remained
long  enough in  the water to  have  it  become
thickened by their mucilage.  When in  the bow-
els they interpose and completely  shield  them
from irritation, and the griping will greatly dimin-
ish as  soon as  they begin to  pass freely with
the stools;   but  their use should be continued
through the whole course of the disease.   They
are very nutritious  also.  I have  employed  slip-
pery elm, gum  arabic, raw flour, etc., but  have
never  seen  such clear evidence of good done  as
when I gave these seed unbroken,  in clear, cold
water.  The plantain seeds possess other valuable
properties as  alterative, anticeptic, diuretic,  etc.,
besides their mucilaginous qualities rendering them
peculiarly \Taluable in this complaint.
  The seeds are  procured from the  common gar-
den jflantain (plantago  major), of which  there are
three  varieties groAving in the same locality, and
which externally appear measurably alike. I have
frequently found the  Avhole three on  the  same rod 
142         DIRECT MEDICATION

of  ground.  There  is  a  little  difference in the
length and shape of the leaves, but the principal
variation is in the seed  stalk.  Tavo varieties have
very long heads, and the third variety has quite a
short head.   The seeds when ripe in the short, and
in one of the long-headed  varieties, is  detached
from the pericarp, and like wheat will readily shell,
while in the  other variety, although appearing to
be  equally mucilaginous, it  cannot be shelled at
any period.
  To prepare these  seeds (use only those that will
shell) for use, get them dry, shell them, then sepa-
rate the pericarp (chaff) by running them through a
common meal sieve, then carefully winnoAV out the
dust remaining.  It  is but  a very short job to
gather and clean several ounces, and they are ripe
at just the season of the  year when this  disease
usually occurs, and  can be found  in almost  any
door yard.  The reason of my being so specific in
regard to the use of these seeds, i.  e. plantain and
flaxseeds,  is  because  I have in  so  many cases
proved  their vast superiority over other agents
used for the  same purposes.   When slippery elm
or raw flour is  used, the best way is to stir  half
a teaspoonful of the flour  of the  one employed
(whether it is the wheat or the elm bark) with one-
quarter to one-third of a tumbler  of cold Avater,
and let the patient drink it before it has had time
to thicken ; then Avash all from  the tumbler  and
make it fresh every time you give it.   The fore-
going treatment should be  pursued until the pass- 
           BY ACUPUNCTURATION.        143

ages from the bowels unmistakably indicate, by
the passage freely of the seeds and excrement, that
all  obstruction is removed.   This  will  generally
require from tAventy-four  to forty-eight  hours.
Then  cease to giAre the  medicines,  and substitute
the following:  Take rhubarb powdered, 30 grains;
quinine, 30 grains; opium, 10  grains; gum myrrh,
10 grains; capsicum, 10  grains.  Form into thirty
pills.  To an adult give one every two hours, at the
same time increasing and giving ail  the seeds or
mucilage that the stomach Avill bear.  If the pass-
ages appear to be very putrid in  any stage of the
disease, then, in  connection Avith the other  treat-
ment, give poAvdered charcoal mixed Avith a little
water, in  quantities sufficiently  free to have it
largely tinge the passages from the  bowels.  At
any stage of the  disease, if the tenesmus (griping,
etc.) is very severe, give an  injection once in two
to four hours of the  following:  Opium powd., 30
grains; nutmeg,  grated  fine, 1 dram; tannin, pre-
viously rubbed very fine, 1 dram; poAvdered char-
coal, 1 ounce; raw Avheat flour, 2 ounces.
  Mix all carefully, so  as to have no lumps in the
compound, Avith  three half-pints of  warm Avater
(must not be too hot).  This will, when mixed well
with the syringe, be sufficient for from three to six
injections for an  adult.  If strong appearances of
approaching putrefaction are present, add to each
injection one heaping teaspoonful of salt, or to the
whole  quantity  three  teaspoonfuls.   This  treat-
ment is  all for  adults, and should  be  varied ac- 
144          DIRECT  MEDICATION
cording to age, etc.   In giving injections to chil-
dren, judgment should be used, and it will often be
necessary to clasp the fleshy portion  of the  but-
tocks in the hand, and forcibly press the soft parts
upon the sphincture so closely that no passage can
occur, and thus cause them to retain each injection
thirty or forty minutes to obtain its benefits.
  In giving injections, great advantage is obtained
by putting a large  gum elastic  catheter (bogie)
upon the nose or  tube of the syringe, and thereby
introducing the injection through the catheter into
the bowels.  The catheter can be passed seAreral
inches up the boAvels easily, and without pain
or necessary moving  of the  patient.   In  severe
cases of this disease use a bed pan or cloths, and
never allow your patient to get up; let your in-
junctions  be positively obeyed.  The  diet should
be small in quantity, right in quality, and frequent
in administration.  Good nursing is all-important.
An excellent drink  may be made by beating thor-
oughly the whites of two fresh eggs with a heap-
ing tablespoonful of white sugar, and then adding
to them half a pint of good cold Avater; stir them
well, and skim  off the  froth.   I  have been thus
explicit in the treatment of this disease, on account
of its fatal results so extensively spread  over the
country during  its prevalence, the  diversity  of
opinion regarding it, as Avell as the modes of treat-
ment recommended for its cure, and  lastly on ac-
count of my own uniform success in its treatment 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.        145
in its various forms and manifestations; and I hope
what I have written may do  much  good and  no
harm.

                The Instrument.
  For two  years  past  I have been constantly in
the habit of using this agent in every form of bowel
disease, and no one, short of seeing its effects, can
believe to what an extent it will remove local con-
gestions, inflammations, etc., as Avell as  changing
the  entire secretions of the  Avhole system, and
removing general diseased action.  Last summer I
set apart three cases  of  typhoid dysentery,  in
which primarily the colon  and rectum were the
seat of disease, and in which, in  connection with
the typhoid type  of fever  present, the passages
from the bowels smelled very putrid and presented
the appearance of bloody beef brine,  with other
characteristics common in such cases, and I treated
them as folloAVS:
  First, paid the  proper attention to the surface  '
of the body, as in other cases.
  Second, caused  them to  drink  all the flax seed
and plantain seed I could get them to take.  Also
considerable quantities of poAvdered charcoal. This
I continued, with  proper diet, through  the  whole
course of the disease.
  Thirdly, I gave as medicine  the following Pills
No.'2:
  Rhubarb powd.,  40  grains;  quinine,  40 grains;
leptandrin, 6 grains; strychnea,  \ grain;  oil  of
     7 
146          DIRECT MEDICATION
capsicum, 10 drops.  Good syrup sufficient to form
into pills, forty in number.
  I gave one of these  pills once in two hours.  I
charged the instrument with equal parts of Fluids
Nos. 2 and 3, and applied it all over the stomach
and bowels once  in two days.   In twehre hours
from  the commencement of  this  treatment the
tenesmus was  sensibly diminished.  On the third
day the  seeds and  charcoal  began to be quite
plentiful in the passages, as well as considerable
occasional discharge  of real  fecal matter, and
decided improvement in the odor of the passages,
with marked abatement of febrile symptoms.  By
the sixth day the fever had entirely disappeared,
and the tongue Avas cleared of fur; Avhat passed the
bowels was like diarrhoea (rather thick), and con-
tained large quantities  of the seed and coal.  From
this time I diminished the medicine one-half, and,
with  a well regulated diet, they  all  recovered
much sooner  than is  usual in such cases,  under
what  is generally regarded as a favorable termina-
tion of the disease.
  I am aware  that this will appear to some like an
exaggeration,  but I  can furnish  such with the
attested affidavits of the persons themselves, who
were  thus cured, if required; and all I have to say
further is, try the course for yourselves and witness
the results. 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.        147
               CHAPTER XVn.

      INFLAMMATION  OF THE  PERITONEUM.
A SEROUS membrane, being continuous with
       the pleura, beginning at the  diaphragm
which it lines, and at the last fleshy fibres of the
ribs and with the pleura, it lines  the various inter-
vals  of  the diaphragm.  It then descends anter-
iorly  and posteriorly, and lines  the cavity of the
abdomen.  Peritonitis  produces symptoms very
similar  to  those  of inflammation of  the bowels
themselves; except Avhen direct  pressure  is made
upon  the portion  inflamed, with the  ends of the
fingers, the pain is intense.  The disease is attended
with  fever, and general  disturbance of the whole
system.   The  boAvels are generally  quite consti-
pated.   The  pain in  this  disease is  generally
steady, moderately severe and uniform.
             Improved  Treatment.
  Arm the instrument with Fluid No. 2, and apply
over  the part affected;  and  every fourth day re-
apply it until the disease is subdued.  At the same
time it will be necessary to regulate the bowels, for
which purpose give half teaspoonful doses of the
compound poAvder of senna every two hours, until
they move with tolerable freeness. It will be neces-
sary thereafter to keep them regular and tone them
up, as well as  to  subdue the general fever  and
sustain and build  up  the general strength of the 
148          DIRECT MEDICATION
system, for Avhich purpose  use the pills marked
No. 2, and Avhich are prescribed for the treatment
of dysentery, in sufficient  quantity to fulfill these
several indications.  For children, vary the treat-
ment to suit the age.
              CHAPTER XVin.

 INFLAMMATION  OF THE KIDNEYS AND BLADDER.
     EPHRITIS is generally attended Avith sharp,
       strong pains in both  sides, correspond-
ing to the  location  of the kidneys in  particu-
lar, but generally also extending above them, and
down into the parts below.   Its presence may  be
known also by the amount of general soreness and
greater increase of pain, on bending or turning the
body so as to disturb that part of it by the motion.
             Improved Treatment.
  First, pay strict attention to the skin, by bath-
ing, etc.   Arm the instrument Avith Fluid No. 2,
and apply it thoroughly across the small of the back
(lumbar region).  Mild  diuretics, demulcents and
mucilages—such as marsh malloAV, marsh hibiscus,
flax seed, etc.—should be  used freely during the
course of the disease; the tAvo former in decoction,
and the latter in infusion.    The bowels should be
regulated with  the compound powder  of senna,
rhubarb, manna, or some mild agent, in small doses.
N 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.        149
  If the disease is chronic in its form, continue the
treatment as directed  above, and re-apply the in-
strument every fourth day.
  Cystitis  (inflammation  of the bladder).   The
ordinary symptoms  are voiding  urine drop  by
drop;  or the urine will only appear in small quan-
tities, with  frequently  recurring desire to urinate;
burning pain and tenderness at the termination of
the urinary  passage and in the  region of the blad-
der, and the pain is greatly increased by making
pressure in the region of this organ.   The remarks
here made are of a general  character, as I have not
the space to enter upon details  regarding the sev-
eral conditions of this  disease.

              Improved  Treatment.
  Pursue the same general treatment recommended
for  inflammation of the kidneys, applying the  in-
strument, however,  upon  the  bowels,  over  the
bladder, as well as across the back.    In both dis-
eases,  use a low  diet, until active inflammation
passes off.  Regulate  and  maintain considerable
looseness of the boAvels,  but not active  catharsis.
In this  disease, and for the  above purpose, I have
found  a syrup  or decoction of  wahoo (eonimus
atroperpurius)  to  act  admirably.   To  relax  the
urinary passage and cause  easy urination, as well
as to subdue the local irritation of the bladder, and
bring about a healthy action, take powdered lobe-
lia  herb, one dram; powdered  bloodroot, twenty
grains.   Mix, and pour on them  one pint of boil- 
150         DIRECT MEDICATION

ing water, C0Arer them closely, and let them cool,
without further steeping;  then strain them, and
when the  decoction is cold, add sixty drops of the
best tincture of opium;  then mix all well together,
and with a glass syringe and gum elastic catheter
of proper size, introduce tAvo fluid ounces at a time,
into the bladder, two or three times in twenty-four
hours, being governed by the  amount of irritation
it occasions. If it does not irritate too much, use it
three times per day.  No agent has a more favor-
able effect upon irritated or inflamed membranes,
than a weak solution of bloodroot.    If the case is
chronic, the treatment will require to be the same
in character, but more  mild  in application, and
will have to be persevered with a greater length
of time, in order to cure.
  I will here say again, that in  all these  cases
bathing, and a proper attention to the  surface of
the body, diet, etc., is of great importance.
               CHAPTER XIX.

          INFLAMMATORY RHEUMATISM.
     ARTHRITIS-Arthrodynia is  a form of disease
       so generally knoAvn, as to hardly require
description, although, Avere all the various opinions
and  controversies  in  regard  to  this  one disease
collected together and put in print in one collec-
tion, it  Avould require quite a volume to contain 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.        151
them.   But we -Avill  here only mention a few of
the leading characteristics of the disease, and shall
then  proceed at once  to the  consideration of a
proper method of treatment.   This disease is gen-
erally divided into rheumatic fever, rheumatic gotit,
and rheumatism.    The disease is confined to  "ex-
tremities, external  coverings of the human body,
occupying the muscular, tendenous  and fibrous tex-
tures, and characterized by pain, stiffness and swell-
ing of  a  joint, or  joints,  Avith or  without fever,
according to the violence of the disease."  Rheu-
matic fever  commences  by a  sudden  attack  of
chills, followed  by  general fever, characterized
especially by  great pain, affecting one or more of
the joints, with a total inability to move  them, and
being very tender to the  touch.   The swelling
commences at the  joint, and thence diffuses itself
for a greater or less space, over the surrounding
parts.   Several joints being generally affected, the
pain  usually  changes often from the one to the
other.   The  pulse is generally below 100 per
minute—full,  soft,  and round;  the skin is gener-
ally moist, and the brain not seriously  disturbed.
Rheumatic gout  is a simple inflammation  of the
synovial membrane  (the membrane lining the joints
Avhich secrete the  sinovia or joint water), while
rheumatism affects  more  particularly the cellular
tissue.  Gout may or may not  be  attended with
general fever.   Chronic  rheumatism is  generally
a sequel of the acute form of the disease. 
152          DIRECT MEDICATION
              Improved Treatment.
  Pursue the same course to get the skin in proper
order, as is recommended under the head of treat-
ment for dysentery.
  Then arm the instrument Avith Fluid No. 2, and
apply it very thoroughly to the part affected; and
if the disease is sufficiently developed so as to dis-
turb  the general  system to any considerable  ex-
tent,  go thoroughly all over the whole body, legs
and arms with it, i. e., on  all the fleshy portions of
the system.
  In six days  afterAvards,  if the disease is not evi-
dently controlled and abating,  re-apply the instru-
ment with double the thoroughness you did before.
This, with  the accompanying treatment, will not
fail of cure in  the acute form.
  Take podophyllin, 4 grains ; macrotyn, 4 grains ;
leptandrin, 4  grains;   quinine, 30 grains; Avhite
sugar, 1 dram.
  Mix and rub very fine, in a suitable mortar (por-
celain, earthen or  glass).  Then  divide  it into
thirty poAvders, and  give one every tAvx> hours, for
twenty-four hours.   If they do not begin to act
upon the bowels by  that time, then  give  them
every hour  until they do.   After this, give one
once in  four to six hours, as is required to maintain
a suitable lax condition.   After the powders have
operated upon the bowels, give the folloAvino-;
  Take of aromatic  tincture  of guaiacum  (see
eclectic dispensatory), saturated tincture of xanthox-
ylum (prickly ash),  saturated tincture of macrotys 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.        153
 (black cohosh),  and saturated tincture of  Phyto-
 lacca (scoke root), of each two ounces.  Mix them
 well, and then add oil of sassafras, tAvo fluid drams;
 then shake all Avell together, after which  add eight
 fluid ounces of thick  cold syrup  of Avhite sugar,
 cork the bottle and  shake all  thoroughly again.
 Every time it is given, shake it well beforehand.
 Dose,  one-quarter  to one tablespoonful,  as the
 stomach will admit, from  tAvo to four hours apart.
 This is the best  internal compound for rheumatism
 I haAre ever used.   This course, properly modified
 to suit the case, constitution of patient, age, etc.,
 will cure any rheumatic or gouty affection, whether
 acute or chronic in its  character.
  In 1865,  I A\ras called to visit one 'Squire Pardee,
 in an  adjacent  toAvnship.  He  had been  treated
 over three  months  previously  for  inflammatory
 rheumatism by  the  physicians  of his place, Avho
 had  pronounced him to  be measurably incurable.
 The disease appeared  to  affect  all the joints;  he
 was  very feeble, endured great  pain, and was en-
 tirely helpless.   When I saAV him,  I inquired if he
 thought  he had  still strength sufficient to Avalk, if
 the inflammation and pain Avas removed, to Avhich
he said he thought he had.   I then told him that
if he had the strength, and would submit to my
wishes, he should walk by himself to the house of
a neighbor, some eighty rods distant, in eight days,
which statement he derided.   But I  armed the in-
strument Avith Fluid No. 2, and began at his wrists,
applying it thoroughly all over him, to his ankles. 
154          DIRECT MEDICATION

In three days the immense pustulation caused him
to appear, from neck to feet, as yelloAV as a peach.
On the fifth day, I had his Avife take castile soap
suds and a flannel cloth, and rub him all over, so
as to  break open the pustules, and then Avash  the
whole surface clean with the soap suds, to get him
clear of the matter. On the eighth day, he did Avalk
sloAvly himself, unassisted, to the house aforesaid,
and back again.  On the tenth day, I sparingly re-
applied the instrument, with directions in regard to
the management of the pustules  at maturity, as
before.  He Avas not confined to the bed after this,
and is now, nearly two  years since the occurrence,
in the enjoyment of good health.   (See his certifi-
cate.)
               CHAPTER XX.

LOCALIZED  INFLAMMATION  AND CHRONIC DISEASE.
   IN any diseased  condition of the system, char-
     acterized by decided torpor of the secretions,
as scrofula, etc., or, where there is a specific poison
in the blood, as in syphilis, and in some forms of skin
disease, as well as in general febrile disease, which
are not properly broken up, and in inflammatory
rheumatism,  etc.,  there  Avill  be occasionally a
tendency to the formation of abscesses in various
portions of the body.   Abscesses  occur again in
various parts of the body, from  hereditory taint or 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         155
other causes not Avell  understood.   The  system
containing  impurities which she cannot  readily
discharge through the various emunctories, a cold,
a strain, or a slight local injury may become the
determining  cause,  Avhereby  nature  Avill seek to
dislodge, through the process of ulceration, a large
amount of  impurity, that  she cannot  otherAvise
eliminate.   In  such cases, although  the action  is
legitimate in itself,  it not unfrequently occurs that
some organ, whose position  in the  system  is of
such  vital importance that an inroad  once made
upon it cannot  be  repaired,'  becomes the seat of
suppurative action,  and the life of the individual is
lost  in  the struggle.  Or, a cause of disease may
constantly prey upon the vital forces in a variety
of Avays,  causing  a long  catalogue of chronic
disease, Avith Avhich our  country  abounds.   Acute
disease may be said to sustain the same relation-
ship to chronic disease, that  the little  shrub does
to the sturdy oak.  And no man Avho  has not spent
years in treating acute forms  of disease, and until
he has become successful in their management,  is
or can be fit to combat their chronic forms.  When,
as many do, men go about  the country, averring
that they cannot successfully treat acute diseases,
but are masters of the chronic forms,  they are self-
evident, self condemned imposters.  Is he capable
to slay the mighty tree, Avho could not even destroy
the germ ?  It is these effects  of disease Avhich fill
our country Avith innumerable nostrums, purporting
to be derived from  some particular thing or things, 
156          DIRECT MEDICATION

or obtained  in some truly  wonderful manner,
from a  mysterious  source.  The same  cause  fills
the country Avith traveling jour-doctors, self-made,
who  Avork upon the credulity of  the suffering, and,
by exciting their anticipations, give them a little
momentary happiness, which is folloAved by worse
disappointment, and the  consciousness of haA'ing
been robbed of their necessary means of support.
It is these patent medicines too—many of Avhich,
like the celebrated Liverwirt Tar, in Avhich a legal
investigation for supposed infringement of patent,
has exhibited three Arery important facts:  first,
that they really contain little or  none of the virtues
of the agents from which they derive their names;
second,  they are agents, generally,  of very little
medicinal  value; third,  they are generally  com-
pounded and sold by those  never having  been
eminent in  the science or W\e practice of the healing
art—this cause alone  yearly sends thousands to
the tomb who Avould otherwise obtain counsel and
assistance from those skilled in the art of medicine.
It paupers  its millions of helpless women and chil-
dren, by robbing them through  falsehood of their
support, and buys costly apparel  and builds up
sightly mansions, as a reward for  treason to our
common humanity.
   Noav, in  removing obstructions from the body,
no organ is so important, as a medium of egress, as
the skin, and still none is so sadly neglected.   All
that can be, by any  way, so  removed,  may be
regarded  generally as safely done.  This, I am 
           BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         157

fully aware, is in contradistinction to the more
general course of applying  harsh and  other meas-
ures to the stomach, and other  important organs.
Most  chronic  diseases can be cured alone in time
by regular and proper diet,  prudent habits, and a
rigid and  appropriate attention to the skin, by
proper  bathing, cleanliness, etc.  But if in addi-
tion to all these truly necessary  measures, you can
by uninjurious and appropriate  measures call all
the impurities directly (as well as evenly all over
the body)  to  the skin, and  thus discharge  them,
who cannot at once see a safe and efficacious mode
of escape from all the consequences  of  retained
morbid matter in  the system?  This the Renovator
will certainly do.   And then,  Avhere no  cause
exists, no abscesses or chronic diseases will occur.
               CHAPTER XXI.

PSOAS ABSCESS AND HIP DISEASE (Morbus CoxaHus).
     PSOAS or Lumbar Abscess is  a  secretion of
      pus  (matter)  along  the side of the lower
portion of the spine, at or near the origin of the
psoas major muscle.  It causes pain in the lumbar
region, Avhich extends  towards  the   thigh, and
generally along the  spermatic cord.  The matter,
when found, will either show itself  under Pou-
part's ligament, betAveen the  bladder and rectum, 
158          DIRECT MEDICATION
or under the fascia lata muscle. The constitutional
symptoms are gradual emaciation, resulting finally
in hectic, with generally  a consumptive expression
of the countenance; and with adults it is generally
fatal.  Although the symptoms of this disease are
frequently  obscure,  and easily  confounded  with
those of lumbago,  phrenitis, etc., still it is ahvays
safe  and judicious when  there  are severe pains in
and  about the loins, Avith Aveakness and tenderness
of the small of the back,  the tenderness  being
more particularly confined to one side, and in cases
where the  urine and condition of the venal organs
do not distinctly indicate real disease of the kid-
neys, to at  once  institute  proper preventative
measures to  obviate the risk of  a culmination of
this form of disease.  For this purpose I am certain
that, in point  of  convenience,  cheapness, and
certainty of  success, no  agency  has ever  been
offered to mankind so entirely capable of doing all
that is desired, as  is the  Renovator,  properly
armed and thoroughly and  appropriately applied.
  For  which,  arm the  instrument  with  Fluid
No.  2, and  apply it freely across the lumbar region
of the back, and down on the outside of the thighs
to the knees.  Repeat this once in ten days, giving
in conjunction with it a brisk cathartic dose  of the
compound  poAvder of senna, each  time the instru-
ment is used.   Any case of local pain, tenderness,
etc., Avill in a little time  entirely disappear  under
this  course.
  It is well also, in order to insure a good state of 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         159
health thereafter, to pay strict attention to bathing,
dieting, etc., as  well  as  to take for some Aveeks
some good  alterative,  as the compound  syrup of
stillingia, Avith  tAATo  drams of iodide of potassa
added to each pint of the syrup.

        hip disease—(Morbus Coxarius.)
  This affection, in its general symptoms, is nearly
allied to white swelling of the knee joint (hydar-
thrus); for, notwithstanding  the disease is princi-
pally located in and about  the coccygral ligament
(the ligament that holds the hip joint in its socket),
still, the pain is mostly felt in and about the  knee
joint, and is, therefore, liable to greatly mislead
with a superficial  diagnosis.  But if pressure be
made upon  the acetabulum (the socket of the hip
joint), or if the thigh bone (femur) be turned  so as
to  rotate the head thereof in  its socket, it  will
cause intense pain.  As the disease progresses, the
limb, by the relaxation of the ligament, becomes
elongated, and also finally perishes to a consider-
able extent.  Ulceration destroys the  socket of
the joint, involves the surrounding parts in dis-
eased action, obliterates the ligaments, and muscles
of  the upper  leg and hip contract, and finally
lea\res the limb very much  shortened, and the suf-
ferer crippled for life.  This disease is essentially
a malady of youth, occurring between the age of
childhood and maturity.   It  is supposed to be of
scrofulous origin, and, constitutionally,  should be
treated  with the same  internal  medicines  pre- 
160          DIRECT MEDICATION
scribed for psoas abscess.  When the disease has
reached a full development, syringing with castile
soap suds, poulticing with elm bark, etc., with the
constitutional treatment necessary, and  Avashing
out the cavity formed by the ulceration with vege-
table astringents, is all that can be profitably done,
further than suitable measures to keep the limb in
proper position and maintain a general degree  of
quietude.  Tonics, and a sustaining diet, are of first
importance, and also a general attention to the con-
dition of the surface of the  body, by proper bath-
ing, etc.   But if a  correct diagnosis is arrived at,
while the disease has not reached the  suppurative
stage,  and proper remedies employed, it  will  be
readily arrested in its course, and the consequences
of a full development averted.   And this is the
great important point in the whole matter.
  For this purpose, enjoin strict quietude and con-
stitutional  treatment, as before suggested.   Then
arm the instrument Avith Fluid No.  2, and apply
along the course of the whole limb affected.  Do
this very thoroughly, and re-apply as often as the
former punctures have passed through the stage  of
pustulation, and  arrived at  a proper  condition  to
allow of its use again.   This course pursued, will
soon result in a radLal cure.  I  have thus treated,
with complete success, several cases. 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.        161
               CHAPTER  XXII.

        ERYSIPELAS, ST. ANTHONY'S FIRE.
    CHARACTERIZED by general febrile symp-
      toms, as quick,  hard pulse,  furred tongue,
some  degree of thirst, sometimes very great, mar-
gin of the tongue quite red, and papillae prominent.
  Local inflammation of the skin, commencing at
some  point on the surface; the point of attack be-
comes elevated, red, tender and painful.  The  red-
ness constantly spreads until it terminates in vesica-
tion,  ulceration, gangrene, etc.  Or it frequently
terminates favorably by spontaneous action; but if
it  assumes a malignant type, it  becomes  a very
serious malady.
  In 1852 this disease made its appearance in many
localities of the Northwest, and under the internal
administration  of  mercurials,  and  other  equally
objectionable agencies, with the external applica-
tion of argenti, nitras, etc., it became fearfully fatal.
I treated  a very large number of cases in  the fol-
lowing manner, without any fatality at all.  And
I will here remark that during upwards of eight-
een years of practice I  have never lost a case of
this disease, nor  have  I ever  employed any such
agencies for its cure as those alluded to above.
       My Former Treatment—Externally.
  Circumscribe the local inflammation by a blister
spread and cut  in strips  one-fourth  of  an inch
      7* 
162          DIRECT MEDICATION
wide; these strips are to be  carefully applied  to
the skin just beyond the limit of local redness, but
entirely enclosing it.
  It is well to rub  the skin  clean with  a cloth,
previously wet in warm vinegar, before applying
the blister.   The local inflammatory  action  will
never pass the blister if it vesicates.  Apply to the
whole inflamed portion cloths wet in sour milk,  to
which  all the salt  has  been added that  would
dissolve;  or use  vinegar and  salt,  or salt  and
water, or vinegar and  sal-ammoniac  (muriate  of
ammonia), one ounce of the  salt to each  pint  of
the vinegar;  or  use a whiskey tincture of Phyto-
lacca decandria root (scoke root).   This last is the
most  certain  external remedy  I  e\rer saw;  but
either  of those  named, if the  cloths are  often
changed or re-wet, will perfectly succeed, so far  as
the local inflammation is  concerned.   Cranberry
poultice  is excellent as  an external remedy, but
often hard to procure, and the above are either of
them superior to  it.

              Interned Treatment.
  Evacuate the boAvels freely Avith the folloAving:
Take compound poAvder of senna, 4 drams; cream
of tartar, 1 ounce. Mix Avith one and one-half gills
of sweetened water.   Stir it well each time before
giving.
  Dose.—One  tablespoonful  each hour   until  it
operates freely as a cathartic.  After this give one
teaspoonful  at a time, one,  tAvo  or three hours 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.        163
apart, as Avill  serve to maintain a good degree of
laxity  in  the  bowels.   For the fever and restless-
ness give, during the Avhole course  of the disease,
the folloAving:  Take quinine,  30  grains;  powd.
camphor gum, 30 grains ; poAvd. ipecac, 20 grains ;
poAvd.  opium,  10 grains; solid ext. valerian, q. s.
Mix.
  Make thirty pills, and  giATe one every two  or
three hours as required to keep the patient quiet.
              Improved Treatment.
 '.When  called, arm  the Renovator with  Fluid
No  1.    Apply it  thoroughly  in  a  line circum-
scribing the Avhole local inflammation at the outer
boundary of the redness.   This will at  once arrest
the  further spread of the  disease.  Then,  to re-
move  the  general  febrile  or  inflammatory condi-
tion, apply the instrument scatteringly all over the
whole  body, giving at the same time  enough of
the  cathartic  to  act freely on the bowels, as  well
as keeping cloths Avet  in salt and water on  the in-
flamed surface.  Forty-eight hours will generally
be  sufficient to  arrest  the  active force  of the  dis-
ease, and  nothing  further  Avill be required than
to use  light diet, and maintain a proper degree of
laxative  action of the boAvels.
  There  are several types of disease called by the
name  of erysipelas, in  regard to  Avhich we have
not  the  space to give a synopsis  or treatment at
present. 
164          DIRECT MEDICATION
               CHAPTER XXIII.

                 EXANTHEMATA.
    SCARLATINA,  Scarlet  Fever, classified  into
      three Ararieties, viz.:  1.  Scarlatina Simplex.
2. Scarlatina Anginosa.  3. Scarlatina Maligna.
  The third variety has been  again unnecessarily
subdivided into a  trio  of distinction,  as conges-
tive, inflammatory, and mixed; and this last named
order of diseased conditions is entirely too much
"mixed."   And  further  still,  some  authorities
speak of a peculiar  form  of febrile  action, Avhich
is occasionally  met  with, in Avhich the  appear-
ance  of  the mucous  surfaces of the mouth  and
fauces, Avith the papillae  elongated, and  general
symptoms, are like scarlet fever,  only the exan-
theme (rash  on the skin)  is Avanting, as a fourth
variety of the disease.
  Again,  some have  treated  of these  manifesta-
tions, or  at least the first named division, as  dis-
tinct diseases to a certain  extent.   But Ave believe
that they are only governed in their several char-
acteristics, manifestations and intensity by exciting
and predisposing causes, as manner of living, dress,
exposures, obstructions, constitutional strength, he-
reditary  taints, etc.   And  my  OAvn observation
leads me  to believe, that when transmitted to a
second party, this disease Avill  generally folloAV the
preceding type.  And the cases are common in 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         165
which it  changes mysteriously from  a mild to a
more severe form.
  There is probably about the  same  measure of
difference between the various grades of distinction
in this disease that there is in other fevers, follow-
ing them from their milder to the worst forms.  This
form of disease in its simple variety is a very mild
disorder;  but its extreme liability to assume formi-
dable characteristics, and the fearfid mortality of-
ten  following its incursions, renders it a malady of
great prominence.   It is generally more  particu-
larly confined in its attacks to children, but no age
is really exempt from it.
  The simple form is ushered in Avith the ordinary
signs of fever, as cold,  chills, hot  skin, frequent
pulse,  nausea, thirst, etc.   This is generally fol-
lowed within forty-eight hours by bright, red spots
upon  the  face, and  thence  doAvn upon  the chest,
gradually coalescing and extending  to the  resi-
due of the skin.
  The character of the eruption  differs  entirely
from  measles,  Avith  Avhich it is sometimes  con-
founded.
  First, in the uniformity of the  eruption.
  Secondly, in the very minuteness of the rash.
  Thirdly, in the bright, red color  of the  skin.
This disease is contagious in all  of  its forms, and
by  some it is regarded as being infectious.
  There are two  prominent dangers attending the
simple form of this disease requiring special care. 
166          DIRECT MEDICATION
  First, the liability to take on at any time a more
A'iolent form.
  Secondly,  an  extreme  liability to relapse for
several days after the disease has  seemingly run
its course.  This is almost sure to occur from the
slightest exposure and cold.   If  relapse does take
place, it is generally fatal, and consequently great
care should be  taken of the patient  for a few days
succeeding apparent convalescence.

        Treatment for the Simple Form.

  Emetics are  of first importance in this  malady,
although the local appearance of the throat Avould
seem to  contra-indicate their use.  Still no  form
of disease is  so sensibly  benefitted  by  agents of
this  class, excepting  croup.   They  should be re-
peated as often as every six  or  eight hours, and
should be  at once instituted as soon as  you are
conscious of the  presence of the  fever  and its
character.  They arouse the  secretions, open the
pores, equalize  the circulation, protect the throat,
lungs, and other organs, as well as in a very great
measure  secure against a transition to the more
dangerous types of the disease.
  For this purpose use the emetic poAvder in three
grain doses.  To a child six years old give a pow-
der once in thirty minutes, until  free vomitino- en-
sues ; vary the  dose to suit age, etc., or if the suf-
ferer can more  easily  take it, give the emetic drops
to a  child of  like age, in  doses of half a teaspoon- 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.        167
ful,  at  intervals of thirty minutes, until emesis
occurs.   (See appendix.)
  Cathartics  are regarded  as  being contra-indi-
cated in this form of disease, further than as  mild
laxatives, to  maintain an  open condition of the
bowels.  For this purpose small doses of the com-
pound powder of senna, or rhubarb, are undoubt-
edly the best, or the  neutralizing  cordial may be
used  Avith excellent results.  If any  appearances
of unusual character  at  any time  are manifest in
the  mouth and throat,  use the  canker-wash, in
order to maintain a healthy condition of the lining
membranes, and guard  against any unfavorable
termination.
  The degree of success in the treatment of this
form of disease is measured mainly by the prompt-
itude and correctness of the course adopted at its
inception; although in some cases the malignant
forms will at  first  appear, and your patient  may
be A'irtually dying  when first  seen.   I have wit-
nessed several,  in  which no assistance  could  be
effectually offered.  Yet I am of the opinion  that,
Avhere the vital powers  do not immediately sink
below the reach  of artificial  and  scientific ad-
ministration,  with a little  time, and thorough ju-
dicious  management  and appliances, but  a  very
limited number of those laboring under  even the
malignant forms will die.

     Second  Variety—Scarlatina  Anginosa.
  This form, as its name indicates, is charactized
by  such  a condition  of the throat as to render 
168          DIRECT  MEDICATION

deglutition fallowing) very difficult, as avcII as
respiration.   The fever is rapidly developed, but
on account of greater  diminution of vitality than
in the preceding  variety, the  pulse  is more fre-
quent, and has decidedly less  momentum  or co-
gency.  All  the soft parts  in  the throat become
red and more or less tumid  or  swollen.  The skin
over  the  Avhole body  is  extremely  hot, and the
eruption is retained generally until the third day,
and then is  incomplete.   If the inflammation and
fever does not decline or terminate in resolution by
from  four to six  days, sloughing Avith its various
consequences, modified by the several conditions
present, will  follow.

            Treatment in this  Variety.
  As in the  preceding, Ave gave directions to make
free use of emetics as a preventative against the
more  unfavorable  terminations  of  this  malady,
etc.,  so in this form avc Avill  urge the actual ne-
cessity of their administration, their utility having
been so thoroughly established by long continued
use  that  no question of  their benefit  remains.
The canker-wash  frequently applied  to the throat
Avith  a sponge or swab,  Avhen the patient can-
not  gurgle  it,  is  of great  importance.   In cases
Avhere there is such a condition of the throat as
to cause the  discharge of a thin, acrid fluid, Avith
a hard or indurated condition of the glands of the
neck, and other  unfavorable  conditions,  I have
found great  benefit from the use  of  muriated tine- 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         169
ture of iron, applied to the throat two or three
times per  day with a probang, or applied by the
use of the  feather end of a quill, or with a swab.
  General  tonics, proper diet, bathing, etc., should
be  carefully attended to.  Applying to the neck
the  poultice for sore throat during the course of
this form of disease, is of great importance.  (See
appendix.)

      Third Variety—Scarlatina Maligna.
  This form of disease is characterized by a rapid
sinking of the vital powers, and is really a typhoid
condition of the disease, in which its speedy fatal
termination generally renders medical aid  of little
value.   The indications  to be fulfilled  are to sus-
tain the vitality as  far as possible, and divert  as
far as practicable the  centralizing tendencies  of
the  disease toAvards the vital organs, by directing
them to the surface  of the skin.  This can only be
done by nauseating agents, tonics, warm alkaline
baths, extensive counter-irritation, etc., etc.   In
one  case of collapse which I saved, in  connection
with the use of all  available internal measures, I
rubbed the whole surface of the body with Beache's
stimulating liniment, and then applied  a poultice
of cooked  onions, so arranged  on a sheet as to  be
sufficient to cover the whole body, upon which I
sprinkled a large amount of quinine.  The patient
revived in  three or four hours,  and fully recovered
in due time.  Hoav much good Avas accomplished
by  excitement,  relaxation, and absorption upon
     8 
170          DIRECT MEDICATION
the surface  of the  body, cannot be  told.  But if
the diagnostic  symptoms  clearly  establish  this
type of disease, the prognosis is of course emphat-
icallg unfavorable.

 Improved Treatment, and Rational Deductions.
  Sufficient has been said to lead the mind to the
following conclusions:
  First, that the degree of mildness or seArerity of
this disease is  governed mainly by the time of ap-
pearance  and character of  the exanthesis   (the
rash).
  Secondly, it  matters not for our present purpose,
in case of retention of the rash, its  imperfect  de-
velopment, or  its final  appearance, in a manner to
indicate to the observing physician the dangerous
form  or character  of the malady, or Avhat argu-
ments may be brought forward by  various mem-
bers  of the profession  in  regard  to  the causes
thereof.  I shall speak of the effects and mode of
relief, as though but one  principle was involved in
the matter, namely,  an incapacity in  the  ATital
forces to eliminate a morbid matter with sufficient
dispatch to  shield the patient  from consequences
so inevitable, if  such matter is retained in the sys-
tem beyond the  culminating period of the disease,
thereby vitiating the blood, and producing a  near
approximation to putrefaction;  Avhereby for Avant
of plastic element in that fluid, the  mucous mem-
branes become more or less obliterated, as well as
producing the other concomitant effects of the poi- 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.        171
son upon the Avhole  system.  And  again, the in-
ternal  coverings or  membranes being  far  more
proportionately affected than the outside skin on
the body, with the  common difficulty of swalloAA'-
ing, which is always  present in the  anginose, and
generally in the malignant form also, renders all
internal medication,'Avith  a view to  its legitimate
results, a matter entirely problematical.
  With these facts in view as a basis, I will ven-
ture to ask the  inquiring mind, first, whether to
directly medicate the system  by acupuncturation
would not be far more liable to  accomplish the
desired effects upon the sufferer than by any other
method that the present state of our medical knoAvl-
edge offers ?
  Secondly, Avith  the puncturers,  producing nu-
merous openings for  the  egress of the poison, as
well as stimulating the skin  and arousing it  to a
healthy action, and by the extensive integumental
pustulations drawing the obstructing matters di-
rectly and irresistibly to the  artificial openings in
the skin, thereby effectually dislodging them from
the system, would  Ave not be far more likely to
effect a cure than by the ordinary methods now in
use?
  Consonantly Avith the  foregoing  reasoning  and
suggestions, I  Avill detail  the  results of five cases
in practice with the  new  method, and then leave
the subject for the candid  investigation of others.
  With three cases of scarlatina simplex, and two
of the  anginose form, which have come under my 
172          DIRECT MEDICATION
care and  attention in the last year, I have  em-
ployed  the  Renovator  under the  circumstances,
and with the results hereafter detailed.
  Case No. 1.—Boy, five years old, slender built,
dark hair, eyes, and complexion.  Disease began
with mild form.   I gave emetic  powder, and or-
dered  the  frequent use  of the canker-Avash,  and
warm alkaline bath to the body once in six hours.
Next day much worse,  skin very hot, fever high,
pulse considerably more frequent, with diminished
force, breath fetid, nervous tAvitchings, laborious
breathing, V/ith some  delirium,  and  the  throat
very much  inflamed internally,  and someAvhat
swollen externally.  Continued former treatment,
excepting the bath.  Armed  the Renovator Avith
Fluid No.  1,  and applied it lightly and scatter-
ingly over  the  neck, body, legs and arms, to  the
elbows  and  knees.   Next morning the integu-
mental action surpassed  all my anticipations;  the
internal redness  of the  throat had greatly sub-
sided,  the  fever  gone down,  the  pulse  full  and
soft, the breathing comparatively  free and  unob-
structed, the nerves were undisturbed, and the mind
rational.  I  continued  the canker-Avash  occasion-
ally, with the use  of an  emetic once in tAventy-
four hours, gave enough compound  powder of
senna  and cream of  tartar to move the bowels
mildly, and  in three  days  afterwards  ordered
all  the pustules  broken  and  rubbed off with  a
coarse   sponge,  saturated in  castile  soap  suds.
After which washed  the surface freely with  the 
           BY ACUPUNCTURATION.        173

same, Aviped  it dry Avith a soft cloth, and oiled it
by means of  a feather and sweet oil, regulated the
diet, discontinued  the  other  treatment, and the
child rapidly recovered.
  Cases Nos. 2 and 3.—Two girls, aged respect-
ively three and five years.
  Fever manifest in its simple form, very thorough
cases,  but nothing  remarkable  otherwise  about
them.
  Ordered the same treatment as in the preceding
case, but only used the bath  once, immediately
after which I applied the instrument, the applica-
tion of Avhich was followed on the succeeding day
by  extensive development  of pustules, but not
nearly equal  to those in the first-named case.  I
then directed the same  course to be pursued as in
the first case named, after the  external application
had been  made  to him.   Both  children rapidly
recovered; perhaps they might  have done so had
not  the external measures been adopted.  Still I
think it greatly modified the intensity of the dis-
eased action, and facilitated the recovery.
  Cases Nos. 4 and 5.—Were of a character clearly
within  the designations of the  anginose form of
the  disease.  Both dark complexioned,  one aged
two, the other seven years.  I commenced by cau-
terizing  their throats  with muriated  tincture of
iron (if that  might be called cautery).   After all
this fluid had been washed from their mouths and
fauces  with clean water, so as to avoid its action
upon the coloring matter contained in the cornus 
174          DIRECT MEDICATION
circinata bark, I ordered the  use  of the canker-
wash, accompanied by emetics.  Washed the sur-
face of the body well Avith the  alkaline bath, after
which I applied the acupuncturer as in the case of
the  boy first named, and also followed up the
succeeding treatment as in that case,  and  both
cases recovered more rapidly than any  others in
like condition  I ever saw, and in neither case of
the fivre  mentioned were  there any symptoms of
dropsy, etc., following, which frequently appear as
a sequel of this form of diseased action.
  I do  not doubt that the use of this instrument
in cases of measles, when the eruption is retained
beyond a proper period, and  the lungs  or other
vital organs become endangered therefrom, or from
improper  exposures, etc., producing the  same  re-
sults, Avould  at once counteract the conditions,
and many times saATe the patient from immediate
dissolution; also would in almost  or quite every
case prevent the train of chronic affections that so
often follow this disease.  If the impurities of the
system are neutralized in the blood, or withdrawn
from the  body by way of the skin, they must
cease to do  harm.   And  will  not  the same rule
hold good with  all  exanthematic  diseases?   I
would suggest that some of my professional breth-
ren who may be in possession of my instrument,
and have  the opportunity to do so, should try its
application,  armed  Avith Fluid No. 2, in case of
small-pox, in  order to  see, first,  if its general bene-
fits  in  relieving the  oppressed condition of the 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         175
vital  organs is  not  very apparent;  and secondly,
to ascertain whether the fluid will act locally, and
change the character or condition of the vesicles,
thereby preventing the greatly dreaded pitting, so
often  seen as the result of this terrible malady.
  These  are  reflective suggestions,  Avhich I have
never put in  practice, but which  I most assuredly
shall do at the first opportunity, in the fullest con-
fidence of the most beneficial tendencies.
              CHAPTER XXIV.

          epilepsy—Falling Sickness.
      ITCH  has  been written concerning this dis.
        ease, and  it has been divided into three
species;  then again subdivided  into  nine  var-
ieties ;  but these  are all matters of no  general
interest  to  our  present purpose.   Among  all
the  writings extant  upon this  subject, it really
appears  to  me  that  the  concise statements of
Dr.  Neaa'ton  are  more  comprehensive  and to
the  point, than can elsewhere be found in the
same limit.   I  cannot  do  better than to repro-
duce his article  upon this subject, as  a  correct
delineation of the  most important  and well defined
manifestations of this malady.  He says, page 288:
" This form  of disease, when  idiopathic, is,  beyond
all question, cerebrial; but, Avhen  symptomatic, it
M 
176
DIRECT MEDICATION
may frequently result from  spinal irritation.   A
paroxysm or convulsion may occur, having all the
features of epilepsy, and not be epileptic, but Avhen
it shall frequently recur at irregular intervals, and
for months or  years, and  without  any evident
cause, then the name epilepsy is given to it.   It is
a disease of all  ages, but  that which  immediately
precedes puberty seems to be most liable to it.
  " The paroxysms are marked by a loss of sensa-
tion and consciousness, with convulsive  motions of
the muscles.  Most generally the fit  attacks sud-
denly, or without the least premonition; at other
times it is preceded by pain in the epigastrium,  or
vertigo, or stupor;  sometimes a sensation like a
cold vapor is experienced, which, arising in  some
part of  the body, travels towards  the  head, and
upon reaching it the  patient falls to the  floor.
  " The most usual duration of a fit is from five  to
twenty-five minutes, but sometimes it  is  protracted
for hours.  In all cases there is a sudden falling,
loss of  consciousness, distortion of the face  and
eyes, foaming at the  mouth, convulsions of the
limbs, grinding of the teeth, by which the tongue
and cheeks are  frequently badly injured; difficult
respiration,  and  occasionally   involuntary  dis-
charges of urine and foeces.   When the fit has
passed off, the  patient  has not the least recol-
lection of having had it, but complains of head-
ache, and looks  stupid and wearied."  *  *  *  *
Again, on page 290, he says:  " The knoAvn causes
of epilepsy are various, and so are, no  doubt, the 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.        177
unknown.  In some families it is hereditary, and
in many instances the predisposition is such as to
make it  depend  upon  the  exciting  cause  as to
whether  it shall  break out in the form  of rheu-
matic mania or epilepsy.  The apparent health of
the patient seems to have but little  to do in the
production of the malady, attacking almost indis-
criminately the feeble and  the strong.   It is fre-
quently occasioned by  a fall or blow upon the
head; also, by a  fright or terror; and, lastly, by
the presence of Avorrns in the alimentary canal."
  I have  known  seAreral  cases of this  disease, in
young persons, caused, no doubt,  by self-pollution ;
and, also, a number of married people afflicted with
it, Avhere the Jiistory of each led  to the conclusion
that the cause was  excessive sexual indulgence.  I
also know one case Avhere the cause is supposed to
be injury by lightning.  On page  293, Dr. Newton
still proceeds  to say:   "In addition to the forego-
ing, we give the following  treatment of Prof. J.
King, who has  had considerable  and successful
experience in the disease.
  " If the cause can be ascertained as worms, uter-
ine difficulties, etc., treat them accordingly ; but in
those instances where the causes are obscure, he
adopts the following plan:  During the convulsive
paroxysms, he gives, to  an  adult, a powder com-
posed of sulph. morphine, one-third of a grain, and
quinine two-thirds  of a grain.   This dose is re-
peated every ten  or twenty minutes,  or as the
patient may  be  made  to swalloAv it, having  it 
178          DIRECT MEDICATION

mixed in  water.  When the  paroxysm has  sub-
sided, the  bowels  are to be kept regular  by the
use of leptandrin and podophyllin, given in small
doses, and the following pills employed during the
intervals:
  " Ext. stramonium, 1 grain;  valerianate  or sul.
quinia, 4 grains; hydro-alcoholic ext. of macrotys,
8 grains.   Mix and divide into eight pills, and give
one three or four times a day.
  "A stimulating  liniment must be applied to the
spine, as the following, Avhich  has been much used
by ourselves, as well as Prof. King :
  "Take oil of stillingia, 1 ounce; oil  of cajeput,
•J ounce; oil of lobelia, 2 drams ;  alcohol, 3  ounces.
Mix.
  " The spine may be rubbed twice a day with this,
and continued until the patient complains  of nau-
sea, or an unpleasant acrid taste in the  mouth.*
The surface  of the  body must be bathed  once or
twice a week Avith an alkaline wash, all acidulous
and greasy articles  of food must be avoided, and
the mind  kept  perfectly free  from excitement  of
any kind."   In acidity of the  stomach, he prefers
the use  of the carbonate of ammonia in this dis-
ease,  to any other alkali.
  *How strange it appears to one looking over the above course of
treatment, seeing that those eminent professors of medicine readily
understood that the application of the oils, etc., to be applied along
the spine, on  the outside skin, still produced the eftect described by
them in the mouth, simply by being absorbed through the natural poresi
that the superior power of communicating medicines directly into the
blood, by the process of  some proper method of acupuncturaiion, did
not long ago receive that just attention due to its merits. 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.        179
  " In pursuing the above treatment, it should be
recollected to proportion the doses according to
ages of children.  In young infants, the antispas-
modic tincture is preferred to the morphine  and
quinine."
  As an old-fashioned eclectic course of local  and
constitutional medication, in the ordinary  way,
probably none Avas eA^er instituted as good, harm-
less and efficacious, as the course of Drs. King and
Neavton; and fearing lest  some should suppose I
have dared to think, by the following course I shall
recommend,  that I have raised  my  own  head to
a more exalted  and noticeable position than the
great  superstructure of radical  ideas would Avar-
rant, that lie at the foundation of all truth, immu-
table as God, Avhich those gentlemen, with  many
other great minds, have delved deeply into nature's
intricate labyrinths to bring forth, I Avill only say
that these are but  the  crumbs they have let fall,
while grappling Avith the  majestic physiology and
chemistry of God.   "And she said, truth, Lord;
yet dogs eat of the crumbs Avhich fall  from  their
master's table."  Let us all do what  we can for
the general good, the world is Avide enough for all.

              Improved Treatment.
  I will here make a plain suggestion.   If it is de-
sired to use the  combination recommended by the
professors, in the treatment of this malady, Avith a
vieAV to their action as the result of absorption
how infinitely superior would their action be, as 
180          DIRECT MEDICATION
well as the quantity required to produce the same
results, reduced to extreme minuteness, compara-
tively, by simply dispensing with the alcohol, and
substituting for it SAveet  oil, and  Avith the Reno-
vator directly  inoculating  them  into  the  blood.
But we prefer to so combine our compounds as to
obtain the great advantages  of contra-irritation,
suppuration and absorption, in such cases, which in-
dications Avill be thoroughly fulfilled by the use o
our Fluid No. 2.
  In a case of epileptic paroxysm, in order to bring
the patient immediately out, add to one-half ounce
of cholera Fluid No. 3, six drops of the oil  of lobe-
lia, and apply the compound freely with the instru-
ment, along the whole course of the  spine, in  a
double line on both sides.
  In this case, the puncturers should  be  set  out
from three thirty-seconds to one-eighth  of an inch.
A very few minutes will serve to reduce the spasm.
I have repeatedly tried it with surprising results.
  As a constitutional and preA'entatiATe measure,
arm the Renovator with Fluid No. 2, and apply it
Avith  the puncturers set  out one-sixteenth  of an
inch, once in ten or fifteen days, or oftener, if the
paroxysms are of frequent recurrence.
  Give internally the nerve and tonic pills, one at
a time, three times each day.  Keep  the boAvels
regular with the compound poAvder of senna,  and
if the case is a curable one, in due time it will yield
to this treatment.
  I Avish to impress upon  the minds  of the skep- 
            BY  ACUPUNCTURATION.         181

tical the truthfulness of these principles, by refer-
ring them to the facts relative to cutaneous absorp-
tion, so extensiArely set forth by the various authors
connected  Avith physiological science.   The  fre-
quent  salivations  produced by the absorption of
mercury through the pores of the skin;  the death
of the professor, in NeAV York city, by merely  rub-
ing prussic acid upon his arm;  the frequent appli-
cations of iodine to  the skin, with a view  to its
alterative effects, are facts too common, with many
others, to  require even a  citation; but all  prove
the superior action of external absorption over in-
ternal, in  those conditions of  the system  under
which they are  thus employed.
               CHAPTER XXV.

               PARALYSIS, PALSY.
     THIS  condition is defined  as being an im-
      paired or abolished  condition of the  power
of voluntary motion  and sensation,-' or both, in
certain  parts  of  the  body, Avithout coma or loss
of consciousness.  There are four distinctions made
generally in  this  form of diseased  action, and
which accord severally Avith the  parts involved
and nature of result.  These divisions are hemiple-
gia,  paraplegia, paralysis  partialis, and  paralysis
agitans.   And again to more definitely distinguish
characteristics that occur in some forms of this 
182          DIRECT MEDICATION
disease, several minor distinctions have been made
by different  authorities.  We do  not intend  to
enter upon any lengthy diatribe  here, either upon
the  symptoms of the  disease, its divisions, classi-
fications, opinions of authors, or methods prescribed
for its alleA'iation and cure.

              Improved Treatment.
   Give  gentle laxatiA^es, such as manna and senna
combined.  To a child, according to age, from one
to four drams of manna combined Avith an  equal
proportion of senna, Avith a sufficient quantity  of
white sugar  and  Avater, or water alone,  as you
choose,  to  make it  of convenient  consistency  to
give.
   Dose, from one to two teaspoonfuls at  a time,
sufficiently often to maintain a lax condition of the
bow^els. This should be accompanied by injections
of castile soap  suds, made by dissolving the  soap
in catnip or  smartAveed tea, Avhich has been Avell
strained ; these ought to be used from one to three
times in twenty-four hours, as  the exigencies of the
case may  require.   Catnip  ought  never to  be
steeped further than to pour pure boiling water on
it, after  breaking or cutting the herb; cover  it
closely and let it cool, then  strain it.
  The application of the  instrument along the
course of  the spine, with  the puncturers set out
from Jg  to Jg- of an inch, to suit age, circumstances,
etc.,   and armed with  a combination of  Fluids
Nos. 2 and 3, equal parts, is of great importance, 
            BY  ACUPUNCTURATION.        183

and  should be  repeated  every third or fifth day.
In cases of numbness, with persons of any age,
whether attended by a Avant of the power of mus-
cular motion or not, no agency, I am fully persua-
ded, will do so much or go so far toAvards relief, as
the use of  properly medicated  acupuncturation.
Proper  attention to the  surface of the body by
bathing, and also proper invigorating, but  easily
digestible diet,  are important  in this disease.   In
a  recent attack of paralysis, I should be Arery ex-
tensive  and thorough with the application of the
Renovator, and  use Fluid No. 3.
              CHAPTER XXVI.

                   APOPLEXY.
   IN this disease " sometimes the attack comes on
     suddenly, but frequently Ave  have Arertigo, a
dull, deep-seated  pain, or sense of weight in the
head, particularly in stooping, with a turgid  state
of the veins of the head, throbbing of the temporal
arteries, ringing in the ears, droAvsiness, disturbed
and heavy sleep, and dimness of sight."  *  *  *
" At first the pulse  and respii ation are Aveak, and
often scarcely perceptible; but  they soon change
their character, and the  pulse becomes full,  slow,
regular, and often hard, and the respiration  slow,
oppressed  and interrupted, stentorious, and  often 
184          DIRECT  MEDICATION
with a  puffing out of the  lips; the face is some-
times livid  and turgid with blood, but more fre-
quently it is pale and bloated."  *  *  *  " The
extremities  are cold,  but  the  surface  general-
ly preserves its  temperature."   *  *   *   The
boAvels are " torpid."  *  *  *  It may terminate
" either in death or in perfect restoration of all the
suspended functions of the body, or in paralysis of
certain  parts of the body;  or we  may have  a
general febrile  condition  of the  system  taking
place."  *  *  *  The prognosis is "unfavorable."
* * * Some of the predisposing causes of apoplexy
are: " 1st,  A peculiar conformation of body, viz.,
a large head, thick short  neck, broad shoulders,
ample  chest, florid full  face, etc.   2d, Age.  It
generally occurs betAveen the fortieth and sixtieth
years.   3d,  Whatever tends  to produce general
plethora.  4th, Organic affections of  the  heart,
etc."  *  *   *
  Some  of  the exciting causes of apoplexy are
" anything which  produces inordinate  determina-
tion of blood  to the head,  or impedes its free
return  from the brain  to  the heart,  viz., over-
distention of the stomach,  when the digestive
poAvers are weak, the intemperate use of spirituous
liquors, violent exertions,  or stroke of the  sun,
etc."  Apoplexy is also  divided into a number of
varieties, and some  eminent authors give the age
at Avhich the foregoing A-ariety of this  disease is
liable to make its attacks, at and after thirty-five
years.   We  do not propose to go into details, and 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.        185
will therefore  proceed to  a consideration  of a
proper course of treatment.

             Improved Treatment.
  As an attack of this kind will  last from one-
fourth of one to two days, it is very important to
arrest the  paroxysm, if possible.   To do this,  re-
move the  excitement  and  congestion from  the
brain, for  which purpose  apply  the  Renovator,
armed Avith equal parts of Fluids Nos. 2 and 3, along
the Avhole  course of the spine, over the  stomach
and to the  fleshy portions of the arms and legs.
  Active purgatives, as  well as suitable injections,
the same that are prescribed in the treatment  for
epilepsy; but the cathartic must  be pushed in  its
administration to active purgation, if possible, and
the enemata should be frequently resorted to as an
auxiliary measure.
  If the congestion occurs in the lungs, instead of
the  head,  the  treatment will not necessarily be
varied,  although the external application to the
chest should be far more  thorough.   When the
sound in breathing is very loud and deep,  the jaws
tightly  closed,  foaming at  the  mouth,  and the
pupil of the eye closely contracted,  the case is
generally hopeless, but,  if spontaneous hemorrhage
occurs, it should be regarded as favorable.
  In case the sufferer  survives the paroxysm, the
main thing is  to carefully search and  studiously
inquire  for the  cause,  and  Avhen ascertained, to
adopt measures to fulfill the indications presented,
     8* 
186          DIRECT MEDICATION
and remove, or at least moderate, as  far as pos-
sible, both predisposing and exciting causes.
  Strict quiet of both mind and  body should be
observed after an attack of apoplexy, until recov-
ery from its  effects  is reached, and as there is a
weakened condition of the resisting powers of the
system,  and  consequent  increased  liability to
recurrence, eArerything that can act as an exciting
cause should be  studiously  avoided,  as  well as
measures  taken to build  up the resisting powers
against any re-attack.
  In all cases of cerebral apoplexy, and especially
if the disease  is clearly hereditary,  all over-exer-
tion of body and mind, as well as every species
of gormandizing, and the indulgence in the use of
cerebral  stimulants,  highly seasoned  food,  and
exposure to  cold, so as to chill the extremities,
should be aAToided;  also  avoiding measurably
sexual indulgence,  and every cause of  general
weakness, that will act upon either the muscular
or nervous powers of the system.
CHAPTER XXVII.
                  NEURALGIA.
     PROF. NEWTON says: "Neuralgia is a term
       used to designate painful  local affections,
unattended by the evidences  of inflammatory or
structural lesion.  Literally, the term means pain
in a nerve." 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.        187
  Neuralgia is,  unquestionably, an affection  char-
acterized  by negative  excitability,  the  exciting
cause of which  may be  either, or both, local and
general, directly affecting the Avhole, or only a por-
tion of the system, and it  may be internal or ex-
ternal.   Profs. Newton and Scuddar have given
the most  perfectly comprehensive delineations of
symptoms in this form of disease, with  its various
locations  and Avays of attack,  that  I  have ever
read.  I do  not  say this, by any means, to detract
from the  great  merits  of Jones,  Wood,  Wat-
son, Ebeklee,  and  other equally  great   diag-
nosists.    As this form of disease is of a character
wide spread in its effects, and intensely annoying,
I will  be somewhat  explicit with its  symptoms
and treatment;   and  the  general  characteristic
symptoms cannot  be  better stated, with the  most
approved  method or rational eclectic treatment now
in general use,  than by quoting from  Scuddar's
Eclectic  Practice  of Medicine.   On page 465, he
says :  " Neuralgia should  be considered as a mor-
bid exaltation of the  sensibility of nerves, some-
times the result of determination  of blood, but
more frequently  without  perceptible change.   We
have already noticed some of these affections, and
may group the remainder together in this article.
It may attack any portion of the body, and runs in
the course of the sensitive nerves, some parts seem-
ing to be more susceptible than others.   The pre-
disposing  causes  are usually such as  enfeeble the
body and  cause excitation  of the nervous system. 
188          DIRECT MEDICATION

The  most frequent  exciting causes are  damp and
cold, though it may result from excessive  emo-
tional excitement, and, as we have already noticed,
from malaria.   It is not confined to external parts,
but  may affect  any of the internal organs, being
most generally associated with  slight  structural
disease.   Neuralgia is  sometimes  preceded by a
sensation  of formication or numbness,  and some-
times by soreness and stiffness.   The pain usually
comes on gradually—is at first obtuse and aching,
but  as it continues, becomes sharp, lancinating,
darting and lacerating.   Sometimes it seems to be
confined to the one spot, but at others it shoots
along the course of the nerve, either in the direc-
tion of the trunk or  the  extremities, or seems to
dart through the part in a direction opposite to
the course of the nerves.  The pain is usually very
intense, so much so sometimes,  that the patient
screams with the agony, and in very severe cases
becomes unconscious, or maniaca^ from the inten-
sity of the suffering.   Occasionally we notice other
disturbances of the  part, as twichings and involun-
tary muscular  movements and  derangements of
functions,  and, in rare cases,  seeming paralysis.
The constitutional  disturbance varies  greatly in
different cases,  depending upon the severity of the
disease and its  duration.   In common cases, Avhen
it has continued for twenty-four hours or more,  Ave
find;an excitement of the pulse, dry skin, consti-
pated bowels, coated  tongue  and loss of appetite,
the patient containing that the  extreme suffering 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         189
has made him sick. In protracted cases, the health
suffers very much, the patient becoming feeble and
anaemic, and  troubled with various functional  de-
rangements.   Neuralgia faciei—facial neuralgia—
is  one of the most common forms met  Avith, and
when persistent and severe, has received the name
of tic douloureux.  It may have its origin in irrita-
tion of the dental branches of  the  fifth pair of
nerves, from  caries of the  teeth,  or may result
directly  from cold, atmospherical vicissitudes, or
the other causes named.   It  usually commences as
a soreness in  the  course of the nenres, with slight
twitching pain, but when  fully developed, is sharp,
lancinating and tearing.   It may be  confined  to
either of the branches of the  fifth pair, affecting
the eye and  part supplied by the first branch;  or
those situate  over the superior maxillary bone, and
supplied by the second branch; or  those over  the
inferior  maxillary, and  supplied  by the  third
branch.  There are other cases in  which  these
entire structures  seem  to be  involved,  the pain
being confined to the terminal extremities of  the
nerve.  In others, again, the pain is  deep seated,
situate  in the course of  the  infra-orbital  nerve,
within the  infra-orbital  canal, or in the  course of
the mental nerve, as it passes through the inferior
maxillary bone, or deep seated in the superior max-
illary, in the  course of the dental nerve.   It some-
times requires considerable care to diagnose these
cases, as such pain may sometimes  result from in-
flammatory or other diseases.  We may diagnose 
190          DIRECT  MEDICATION
neuralgia from  structural disease  of the  eye, by
the fact that in  the latter there is great suscepti-
bility to light, disordered vision, and constitutional
disturbance.   In diseases of the antrum, or super-
ior maxillary bone, simulating neuralgia, the pain
is  frequently tensive and throbbing,  and close ex-
amination  will  almost  invariable  detect  enlarge-
ment or deformity; this is  the case, also, in dis-
ease of the inferior maxillary.   It is impossible to
determine the existence of disease  in the course of
the trunk of the fifth pair, until it passes from the
cranium, and of the nerves Avhen  deep seated, and
we Avill have to  be guided in great part by the evi-
dences of  constitutional  disturbance."   The  Pro-
fessor also mentions uneuralgiei of the back, lumbar,
sacred and  sciatic  nerves;"  "neuralgia of the
upper extremities ;"  " neuralgia of the muscles and
membraneous structures;" " visceral neuralgia," etc.
But these details Ave have not the space to quote,
and Avill at once proceed Avith the treatment.
   On page 470,  he says:   " The treatment of neu-
ralgia should be both general and local; and, con-
trary to the generally established  practice, Ave find
that the  first is  far more successful than the last.
In many such cases, and especially if indicated by
the condition of the stomach, we find that an emet-
ic  Avill give the quickest and most decided relief,
and will pave the  way  for a speedy cure.  I use
the compound powder of lobelia and capsicum, in
infusion, and give it so that a couple of hours will
be  occupied in its action.  The  patient  should 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION         191
have his feet bathed in hot mustard water, and be
covered warmly in bed, and  take freely of some
diaphoretic infusion, as of equal parts of ess. tinc-
ture of asclepias and compound tincture of serpen-
taria, in doses of a teaspoonful every hour; or of
equal parts of diaphoretic powder and asclepin, in
doses of five grains.  Free perspiration is in  this
way induced,  and the patient  often falls into an
easy sleep, the first he  has had for  several days.
In other cases we may accomplish the same object
by the use of the wet sheet pack, and the internal
use of  cold water and an alkaline diuretic.   If the
bowels are constipated, we would employ a cathar-
tic for the removal of obstructions; and  for the
purpose of derivation, podophyllin and leptandrin,
with extract of hyoseyamus  or indian hemp, as
heretofore recommended, will  ansAver the purpose
well, and  may frequently  be continued every day
until the  patient  is completely  relieved.   Great
advantage is  obtained, in the  more  persistent
cases, from the continuous use of alkaline diuret-
ics, and sometimes from the iodide of  potas-
sium.  The macrotys is also  a valuable  remedy.
We might associate them  as follows:  Take iodide
of potassium, extract of conium, of each  1  dram;
tincture  of macrotys,  1  fluid  ounce;  Avater, • 2
ounces.  Mix, and give a teaspoonful  every three
or four hours.   Tincture of gelseminum is a valu-
able remedy in some cases, and may be given until
its specific effects are manifested.  Sometimes pre-
parations  of^guiaicum are useful, especially in the 
192          DIRECT  MEDICATION
more chronic forms.  I would prefer the alkaline
tincture, and associate it with a small quantity of
wine of colchicum.  The English  wine of colchi-
cum seed may be given in doses  of from ten to
thirty drops, every three hours, and gives better
results if combined Avith full doses of the tincture
of asclepias.    Aconite  has been employed  inter-
nally, with reputed advantage, but  I have not been
able to obtain satisfactory results with it.  Bella-
donna,  in  doses  sufficient to produce  dilation of
the pupil, will occasionally relieve the pain, as will
also the valerianate of zinc.  Strychnia is  recom-
mended with phosphoric acid, two grains of the
first to  one ounce of the last, the  dose being five
drops three or four times daily. In very many  cases
we find that the  disease is markedly periodic, and
in others, though the symptoms may be obscure,
close observation will detect periodicity.  In  these
cases, we administer quinia in full doses, giving it
as Ave would in a case of intermittent or remittent
fever.  The medium quantity, in the case  of a
stout adult, would be fifteen grains in three doses;
if given in small doses, it has no appreciable  influ-
ence.  It is claimed by some that prussiate  of iron
exercises a marked influence over neuralgia, and
that it aids the quinia in its action; if so, we will
find the old fashioned blue powder the best  form
in which to administer it.   We may use Avith it the
tincture of valerian and gelseminum, in the usual
doses, and between the time of giving it, a solution
of acetate of potassia.  The prussiate of potash, in 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         193
solution, to the extent of from three to fiAre grains,
four times a  day, is frequently  useful in obscure
neuralgic affections.    The local applications made
use of A'ary greatly,  being sedatiAre, stimulant, nar-
cotic, emolient, etc.,  according to the whim of the
prescriber.   Chloroform and aconite are probably
the most efficient agents we can use when the neu-
ralgia is superficial,  as in the case of the face.   I
use  the agents combined  in equal  parts,  and to
such an  extent as to produce the peculiar numb-
ness of the  tongue,  characteristic of the action of
of aconite upon the  system.  If Ave desire a stimu-
lant influence in addition, Ave may add an equal
quantity of oil of sassafras  and alcohol.  If a deep
seated part is affected,  as in case of the  sciatic
nerve, we Avill find firing,  or  the application of a
hot iron to the surface, in the course of the nerve,
one  of the best applications.
  The strong ammonia liniment, applied on flannel,
so as to nearly blister the part, is sometimes very
successful.   The extract of tobacco  has been suc-
cessfully  used as a  local application, as has also
the emplastrum belladonna. The irritating plaster,
continued until it   produces  suppuration,  is ATery
good treatment in some chronic cases.
  In cases of A'isceral neuralgia, Ave may employ
hot  fomentations of hops, polygonum or stramoni-
um, and  frequently  AArith the most  marked relief.
At  other times cold applications will be better, and
in other cases we gain the most from the free use of
9 
194          DIRECT MEDICATION
rubefacients, and sometimes from the  applications
of cups.
  In severe cases of superficial neuralgia, and even
sometimes  AA'hen  deep-seated, Ave may employ
Cazenve's neuralgic pomade, as : Take chloroform,
4 drams; cyanide of potassium, 3^ drams; axunge,
3 ounces; wax,  sufficient  to  give it consistence.
This may be  thoroughly  rubbed into  the part,
and  C0Arered  with a piece of  oil-cloth or bladder.
If these various  means  fail,  we  may  resort  to
hypodermic injections, the  solution of morphia,  5
grains, to water one ounce, being the best; from ten
to tAventy drops of this may  be throAvn into  the
cellular tissue of the part with  the  hypodermic
syringe, and repeated  as often as necessary.  Acu-
puncture is SQmetim.es of  advantage,  the needles
being through the nerve, if large."  *  *  *
  The professor has certainly  in the selection of so
many excellent measures for the cure or alleviation
of this disease, exhibited evidences of research and
thought, highly commendable in any  one; but
three things only strike our  minds,  to  which we
desire to make particular reference, viz :
  1. The great number of agents recommended,
with  the  circumstances  attending  their  recom-
mendation, would render the whole subject obscure
to the common mind;  and  none but a thoroughly
read  medical man  could  be   expected  to  under-
stand the subject  sufficiently well to be qualified
to consistently employ the several remedies pre-
scribed to advantage, or to sort out the best. 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.        195
  2. The nature of some of the agents noticed are
of a character to render them objectionable, unless
in the hands of persons Avell  skilled in the use of
such potent articles.
  3. The whole  subject is narrowed down, in case
of failure of  the  other means  spoken of,  to two
agents, as a last resort, Ariz., hypodermic injections
of morphia, and  the ordinary method of acupunc-
turation.  The professor undoubtedly holds to the
true theory in the case, that  "general" or  consti-
tutional  treatment is  the  sure  reliance, as far as
permanency  is  concerned, but our  observations
have gone to establish the fact that local applica-
tions will in most cases afford a more speedy relief,
though  it  should be only temporary in its char-
acter, than what  has heretofore been regarded as
constitutional in  its effects, and this conclusion is
fully justified by the professor's OAvn language after
having  directed  the use of all the various  means
he was accustomed to rely upon.  "If these various
measures fail, we may resort  to  hypodermic injec-
tions, the solution of morphia," etc. *  *  *  *  *
Again, " Acupuncture  is sometimes of advantage,
the  needles being through the nerve, if large." Now
what we desire to call  especial attention to, is the
following facts and conclusions :
  1. The hypodermic syringe is constructed Avith
one or two very minute tubes Avhich are sharp, and
when the  syringe is  armed with the  morphia,
these tubes are passed through the skin, and what-
ever tissues  supervene or  happen to  be between 
196          DIRECT MEDICATION
the integument and  the structure  desired to be
reached, is  affected  by the injection.  Noav, al-
though  the part reached by the direct application
is very minute—and Avhat  is still farther more im-
portant to the present case, is the extremely small
quantity to  be  thus injected, compared Avith what
Avould be ordinarily  received into the system by
Avay of  the mouth, each injection actually contain-
ing no  more than -^ to ^ of a grain of the mor-
phia—yet the effect  is described in the publica-
tions of the day as being extraordinary, arresting
the local pain momentarily, Avhich I do not  in the
least doubt.
  Conclusions.—If,  then, with an instrument so
limited in its application, combining the tAvo prin-
ciples of  introducing medicines into  the part
affected, and if, by means of a tube, such satisfac-
tory result's  are reached, with  merely a soporific
action of medicine, and  in  such small quantity,
Avhat  cannot be done by the  extensive  use of
medicated inoculation, combining at will the means
to charge the  system with whatever kind  and
quantity of  medicine  is desired, as Avell as to gain
the full advantages  of  contra-irritation,  integu-
mental pustulation, ulceration, etc., thus obtaining
all the benefits  of " genered and local action," to an
extent that  ought  to satisfy the most incredulous
of men.   And we aver that  the  results produced
in this manner cannot be obtained, under many cir-
cumstances  and conditions of the system,  by any 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         197
amount or  kind of medication  in  the ordinary
method of administration.
  These things are necessary to be kept in view:
  1. Do your patients no harm.
  2. Select the best remedies.
  3. Adopt just what  is  necessary  to  meet fully
the indications presented.
  4. NeATer encumber yourselves with more agents
than you can philosophically employ, nor yet feel
content Avith a single hobby.

       Improved Treatment for  Neuralgia.
  As a course  of treatment for this  disease, for
general application I employ the following, Avhich
has failed  in  but  one case with me,  in  three
years, and Avith which I haAre cured,  or greatly
benefitted, many cases.  Arm  the Renovator with
Fluids Nos. 2 and 3, equal parts, to which has been
added fluid extract of opium and oil of lobelia, in
the proportion as follows:
  Take combined tinctures, \ fluid ounce; fluid
extract opii, 1 fluid dram; oil lobelia, \ fluid dram.
Mix.
  Supply the instrument  as full as desired, and
apply it very thoroughly over  the part where  the
pain is located, or if this  is  impossible, to parts
that Avill exercise  the  strongest  sympathetic rela-
tion to the part; let the application  be  much more
extensiA-e than the location of the pain,  and in case
the disease has  clearly a constitutional origin, then
apply the  instrument, armed  Avith  Fluid No. 2, 
198          DIRECT MEDICATION
sparingly to  all the fleshy or muscular portions of
the body, with a vieAV to its general action  upon
the whole system.  The application of the Fluid
No. 2 should be repeated  once in ten or twelve
days, as long as the disease manifests its presence.
The first named compound should  be applied as
often as there is a return of the local  pain, which
will never' occur in nine-tenths of the  cases so
treated.
  In conjunction with this treatment, the bowels
should be properly acted upon, by the administra-
tion of half  teaspoonful doses of compound pow-
der of senna, conjoined with a sufficient quantity of
sugar and water.   Stir up Avell each time.   Give
such a  dose  at first every tAvo  hours, until free
catharsis is produced; after this only administer it
one, two, or  three  times in tAventy-four hours, as
will serve to regulate the alvine evacuations.  If
there are  evidences of much organic obstructions,
use the  following, instead of the above:
  Podophyllin,  5  grains;  leptandrin, 10  grains;
sach. alb. (white sugar), 60 grains.   Triturate  the
sugar to an impalpable powder, and then mix  the
podophyllin  and leptandrin with it, and rub all
well together;  then  divide it into  ten powders,
and  give one  every four  or  six  hours, as  the
stomach will bear, until free  bilious  discharges
from the bowels are obtained.   After this, continue
the bowels in rather a lax condition, by occasional
doses of this, or the compound poAvder of senna, as
the state of the system will justify. 
            BY  ACUPUNCTURATION.        199

  In  case  the  sufferer  is dyspeptic, maintain  a
proper condition of the bowels, by  the  use of a
sufficient quantity of the  neutralizing cordials—
say one teaspoonful  to one tablespoonful, immedi-
ately subsequent to each  meal, so  that it  Avill
combine directly Avith the  food  each time  it is
taken.
  If the disease is periodical in its attacks, it may
be regarded as being masked ague, in Avhich  case,
in addition to  the  free  use  of the instrument, in
both the Avays preAuously  prescribed, give the fol-
io Aving:
  Quinia  sulph. 60 grains;  gelsemin, 2 grains;
morphia sulph., 6 grains;  a sufficient quantity of
the  ext.  Aralerian  or cypripedium.   Form  into
thirty pills, and give one every tAvo  or four hours
Avhile the  urgent symptoms continue y  and then
one  or tAvo each twenty-four hours'
  These pills will produce but very slight consti-
pation of the bowels, and  they are not only useful
in this form of disease, but Avill control almost any
variety of nervous excitement.
             CHAPTER  XXVIII.

               CONVULSIONS.  FITS.
    SEVERAL forms of disease are attended with
      convulsive  action of \7arious grades, as epi-
lepsy, apoplexy, hysteria, etc.  These are noticed 
200          DIRECT MEDICATION
under the various diseases in which they occur. But
the manifestations to Avhich Ave refer particularly
by the above heading, are temporary spasms, gen-
erally  knoAvn  as fits, and  which  are not usually
attended by any real disease, but are the result of
various causes, not often of sufficient magnitude to
end fatally.  Convulsions  are most generally con-
fined  to  children, but  they  do sometimes attack
grown persons, and they sometimes point directly
to, or admonish us of, the approach of some severe
malady, as disease of the brain, etc.; and this fact
alone renders  this subject, so commonly  looked
upon as a matter of no great moment,  a condition
to be very carefully attended to, on account of its
diagnostic character.  And again, no  affliction is
so very  alarming, as Avell as annoying, to those
whose  loved ones are the subjects of attack, as are
spasms, and especially if they involve the muscles
of the  face, eyes, mouth, neck, etc.
  Convulsions have been variously divided or clas-
sified, according to locality, extent, and manner of
attack; but AA'e have only the space to speak  of
them in  general  form.  They may first manifest
themselves by a  sudden and unexpected fit, the
subject being  in  a comparative degree of health,
as far as is  knoAvn, or they may be gradually ap-
proaching by precursive  indications,  which are
plainly manifest, such as coldness of the  extrem-
ities, and (if an adult) complaining of dizziness in
the head, spectra floating before the eyes, the
tremors of some muscles, a cold air or aura creep- 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.        201
ing up a limb or up the back.   The struggle varies
in extent, violence and duration.  The paroxysm
will frequently cease in a feAV minutes, but under
other circumstances it may continue for hours; and
after a short period of rest Avill return again, some-
times Avith as much violence and force as at first.
This  frequently  occurs Avith  females after,  and
sometimes previous to delivery.  When convulsions
of repeating character seize upon neAA'-born infants,
the cause is generally too great compression, long
retention, and with some who are styled physicians,
rashness Avith  the use  of forceps, etc.   If under
such circumstances the spasms are not soon relieved,
the child will generally perish, the strength being
in most cases insufficient to endure the assaults.
   And great fears should ahvays be entertained in
regard  to the  recovery of a child, of any age,  in
whom there is a succession  of convulsive parox-
ysms, continuing for hours, with intermissions  in
Avhich the sufferer  appears to have  become  ex-
hausted  to such  a degree as  to lie in a complete
stupor, until about or near the time of a recurrence
of the spasms.
   The more common causes  of convulsions are:
1. Worms ; 2. Teething; 3. Irritation of the stom-
ach and  boAvels,  from over-eating improper food,
etc. ;  4.  Compression, retention, improper manage-
ment, etc., during delivery; 5. They may be pre-
monitory of some serious disease;  6. With ladies,
before or after  delivery, the cause is  to  be  attri-
buted to uterine irritation. 
202          DIRECT MEDICATION
              Improved Treatment.
  Convulsions  Avill, as a general rule, yield to a
thoroughly diversive action,  or at least, temporar-
ily  subside.  And  as all convulsions  temporarily
affect the  brain—either directly, as in No. 4,  or
through sympathy Avith the uterus, as in No. 6, or
with the stomach, boAvels, teeth, etc., as in Nos. 1,
2 and 3—counter-irritation Avill exert a far more
speedy influence,  when applied along the course of
the spine, than to any other part of the body, al-
though  it  is  well, in severe cases,  to apply it to
other fleshy and sympathizing parts. For instance,
as in No. 6, counter-irritate along the  spine each
side in a double line,  the instrument being armed
with equal parts  of Fluids Nos.  1 and 3; also  to
the entire  back  in the  sacral region, and to the
fleshy portions of the arms and  legs.   In Nos. 1
and 3 it should be applied along the spine, and over
the stomach, boAvels, etc., as Avell as to the upper
and lower extremities, if the spasm  is very severe
or  long  continued.  In No.  4, apply thoroughly
along the  spine  only.  In No. 5, Avhere the diag-
nostic  symptoms  clearly' indicate  some  organic
disease, and the spasms are only present as a symp-
tom, the irritation should be extensive, often re-
peated, and continued as long as any hope remains
of doing good.   But I am constrained to say that
in cases  which may be Avell defined to be of this
character, and especially  if the brain is the seat  of
the diseased action, with any treatment the results 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.        203
will not be flattering  to those  who desire very
strongly to save all their patients.
  1. After  subduing the spasms with  the instru-
ment,  expel the  worms by  proper measures, for
which see Chapter XXX.
  2. In addition to the use of the instrument, give
from 10 drops to \ teaspoonful of the emetic drops
(see appendix), once in  fifteen to  thirty minutes,
according to severity of  attack, age, etc., until the
system is thoroughly relaxed; then  give enough
of the compound  powder of senna to  move the
boAvels, after which cut the gums if necessary; and
for  a feAV  days give enough of the neutralizing
cordial to maintain a regular state  of the boA\rels,
and if teething dieorhcea is present, give the cordial,
combined with equal parts of the tonic  and check-
ing syrup for diarrhoea in debilitated states of the
stomach, etc.   (See etppendix).  When mixed, the
dose should be from  10 drops to 1 teaspoonful,  ac-
cording to age and constitutional strength of the
child; only mind and not produce too great a  de-
gree of stupor.  The frequency of the  dose  will
be from one to six times  in twenty-four hours, as
is required to regulate or check sufficiently.
  3.  After arresting the spasms, regulate the bowels
with the cordial, alone or combined, as the condition
of the patient may require, as directed under No. 2.
  4.  If the child can swalloAV, give a mild cathar-
tic, and follow it Avith nervines, as valerian, etc.
  6. Will  be treated of under  the heading of
Puerpreal Fever, Chapter XXXV. 
204          DIRECT MEDICATION
CHAPTER XXIX.
                  NIGHTMARE.
    THIS irregularity is  attended  by distressing
       sensations during sleep, mostly preceded by
fearful dreams, in Avhich some known or unknoAVii
enemy is in close proximity to or in pursuit of the
sufferer, or some fearful' disaster  is close at hand,
or already  overAvhelming  the victim.   In this con-
dition he feels a sense of great Aveight and oppres-
sion upon  the chest, with a  feeling  of conscious
paralysis of the whole system; even the  respira-
tory organs are greatly restricted in their action,
rendering  speech  absolutely impossible, and fre-
quently going so  far in its effects that the  subject
cannot  even groan, or make any noise  beyond a
low, agonizing, forced breath.  In  others,  less se-
vere,  they are able to groan, and sometimes, by
great effort,  to speak, but Avhen this occurs the
person at once comes out of the attack.
  With this full consciousness of inability to stir,
he  may  appear to be falling down, down, back
doAvnAvard, into a seemingly bottomless  cavern or
ditch; or it  may be sinking into the  Avater, with
the light of heaven fading gradually from  view,
as the Avater closes more and more over  him.  Or
wild beasts of fearful  dimensions and terrific  ap-
pearance  may stand with outspread claAvs and
open  mouth, approaching  so near  that the claws 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.        205
are already beginning to close upon the flesh of
the victim, and a consciousness of the hot breath
of the monster flowing fully  in  the  face, with a
clear vieAV of a great red mouth, huge tusks, and
great flashing eyes almost protruding from  their
sockets.   Or he may behold, as it Avere, some per-
son Avith  uplifted Aveapon ready to  descend upon
him, or dagger Avhose  point is already beginning
to enter the body, or any disaster among  the vast
number capable to  haunt  the imagination.  Or
the person  may be all the while conscious of all
that is occurring around him, hear and understand
conversations that are going on in the same room,
know he has the nightmare, make great efforts to
move,  hallo, groan,  etc.,  and  yet  feel the  con-
sciousness of entire loss of voluntary action.  The
more  general causes in this affection  are lying on
the back,  mental irritation from fatigue, a dyspep-
tic  state of the stomach,  flatulence  caused by in-
digestible matter in the stomach after a too heavy
supper, Avhich presses the  stomach  against  the
diaphragm,  impedes respiration, etc.
  Ephialters is a second  specious of this  malady,
that  has  a more  dangerous  tendency,  arising
from an  impeded circulation of the blood in  the
lungs when  in a lying  posture, or too  great relax-
ation of the heart and its  impelling powers.  Ejn-
lepsy,  apoplexy, or sudden  death, are sometimes
among the  consequences  of this species of  dis-
turbed sleep. 
206         DIRECT MEDICATION

               Treatment Proper.
   1. Avoid the causes, viz.:  oArer-exertion and fa-
tigue, extreme mental exercise, eating indigestible
food, late  suppers  and over quantity, and above
all lying upon the back during sleep.
   Keep the bowels rather loose by the use of the
neutralizing cordial, conjointly with the meals; take
one  or  two  teaspoonfuls at a  time immediately
after.  Maintain  a  healthy  condition  of the  skin
by proper bathing.   (See chapter on  bathing).   As
an immediate  relief,  apply  the Renovator  in a
double  line along the course  of the spine, armed
with Fluid No. 2.   If the disease affects  the heart,
the instrument should be  thoroughly applied  over
the  cardiac region, as well as along the course of
the spinal nerves, once in ten days, and in addition
to the other treatment, the sufferer should make
and  use a  syrup  composed  of equal  parts, by
weight, of the  following:
   Cort. pinus pendula (tamarack); cort. pinus pa-
lustris  (yellow pine); cort.  primus Virginiana
(Avild cherry); cort.  alnus serrulata (tag  alder);
cort. viburnum opulus (high  cranberry);  senecio
gracilis (life root).  Roots and tops of the last.
  All the articles should be thoroughly  dried and
coarse ground.  Then take one-half pound each,
put them in a tin pan, or porcelain lined kettle, and
add  one quart  of water to each half pound; as  it
boils, from time to time pour  off the liquid, and
refill the pan with water until all the strength  is 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.        207
extracted.   Strain the several boilings as they are
poured  off,  and in another pan carefully simmer
all  to five pints.   When the liquid gets strong, it
must be frequently stirred  up to prevent injury  by
the fire.   Lastly, to each  pint  of liquid add and
thoroughly  scald  in one full pint, by measure, of
good clean white sugar.  Then let it cool, and add
essence of gaulthera (Avintergreen) to flavor.  Dose,
from one to tAvo tablespoonfuls three or four times
per day.
  This syrup, when prepared in a regular displace-
ment, so as to preserve all its  properties,  consti-
tutes my Heart Corrector.   It possesses alterative,
nervine, diuretic, and other valuable properties, and
is  very useful  in  affections of  the heart,  uterus,
kindeys, etc.  No agent I  have ever  tried will  do
so much good is heart diseases as this one.
               CHAPTER XXX.

                     WORMS.
   IN regard to  the classification of these vermin,
    we do not intend to enter upon any discussion,
having nothing to  offer upon the subject beyond
what may be found in most of the authorities iioav
extant, and  which treat  upon the  matter particu-
larly.  Nor should we in this  treatise  introduce
even a word upon the subject under consideration 
208          DIRECT MEDICATION
were  it not required from portions of some other
chapters in this work.   All that is of any special
interest as a classifying arrangement may be found
on page 601 to 604, Eclectic Practice of Medicine,
by Professors R. S. Neavton and W. Bird Poavell.
We  of course  do not treat  for worms with the
Renovator, and therefore an article upon that sub-
ject, Avere it not for the explanation already given,
would be out of order.

                   Treatment.
  As the best agents I have  ever employed to de-
stroy worms, I can recommend the following:
  Fl. ext.  cort. populus trem., fl. ext.  cort.  rad.
spigelia mar.*,  of each 1 fluid ounce;  fl.  ext. senna
comp.,  2 fluid ounces; syr. simp., 4  fluid  ounces.
Mix.
  Give to  a child tAvo years old one teaspoonful
eArery hour, until it  produces a  free action upon
the bowels.   If the stomach  is very irritable, and
will  not bear  so much, then  give half the quan-
tity, and to children generally a dose correspond-
ing to  age, constitution, etc.   When children are
troubled Avith  worms, but not  sufficiently so to
cause real sickness, then give a teaspoonful of this
each night before going to bed, and again early in
the morning.   Follow this course for  one Aveek,
and then let the child go Avithout its breakfast, and
give a dose every hour, the size that is deemed ap-
propriate, until there is a free action of the  bowels
induced. 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         209
                Another Formula.
  Take solid ext. male  fern, 20 grains;  santonin,
10 grains; spirits turpentine, 1 fluid dram.
  In a porcelain mortar mix and rub all to a paste,
and then  add fl. ext. senna  comp.  2 fluid ounces.
Mix.
  Shake well each  time it  is  given.  Dose,  one
teaspoonful to a child tAvo  years old,  every hour,
until it operates as a cathartic.  Vary the dose ac-
cording to age, etc.
  A strong syrup, made from the bark  of the pop-
ulus tremaloides, and given to children in doses of
one-half to two teaspoonfu'.s at  a time, according
to age, Avill in a little time, if  given  every night
before bed time, and early in the  morning, cause
all symptoms of  worms  to disappear.
  Prof. Newton recommends the following com-
binations:
  "Take  castor oil, 1  ounce;   oil Avormseed,  1
dram; oil  anise, \ ounce; tinct. myrrh,  \  dram;
spts. turpentine, 10 gtts; croton oil, 1 gtt.   Mix.
  " To a child three years old,  a half te.ispoonful
may be given every tAvo hours, for ten or tAvelve
hours, or  until active  purgation   has been pro-
duced."   Again,
  " Take oil wormseed, oil tansy, of each 1 ounce;
spirits turpentine, \\ ounces; castor oil,  2 ounces.
Mix.
  " The dose for a child, three  or  four years old,
is a teaspoonful every hour, until it  operates."
9* 
210          DIRECT MEDICATION
              CHAPTER XXXI.

HERPES.   SALT RHEUM, AND  OTHER  ATARIETIES OF
          THIS FORM OF SKIN DISEASE.
       E do not deem it necessary to enter upon a
         description of the various forms of this class
of skin disease, or to treat of their causes, as the first
are, Avith feAV  exceptions, not well defined, and the
second are only conjectural.
  Some  of them are more generally regarded  as
exclusively confined to the dermoid tissue,  while
others evidently  produce  constitutional  effects
upon the general system.
              Improved Treatment.
  Arm the Renovator Avith either Fluids Nos. 1 or
2, and set out the puncturers  far enough to punct-
ure to   the full  depth of the local disease, and
apply well  over the whole diseased surface.  If,
when the effects of the first application haAre passed
off, there still  remains portions of the diseased sur-
face that have not been eradicated, re-apply the in-
strument thoroughly to such  traces of disease as
still remain, and with from one to three aj>plica-
tions,  I have cured the worst forms of salt rheum,
and several other varieties of herpes.  The No.  2
fluid is the best for these local diseases.   It is well
to give some  good syrup, as the compound syrup
of liriodendron (see appendix), in sufficient quanti-
ties to maintain a moderate degree of looseness  of
the bowels.
w 
            BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         211

  Nutritious diet,  and a  thorough  attention  to
cleanliness, by bathing, frequent change  of cloth-
ing, etc., is of first importance.
  I have,found  all the skin diseases of this, class,
coming under my treatment for the last ten years,
greatly benefitted by washing once each week with
castile soap suds;  after which, rinse the skin with
clean, Avarm, soft Avater, and  then  apply  a decoc-
tion of  cornus circinata bark  to the Avhole  surface
of the body.
              CHAPTER XXXII.

              VOMITING--VOMITIO.
     UNDER any circumstances, is always a most
       distressing condition, and can always be re-
lieved, unless it results from putrefactive decomposi-
tion, in Avhich case it is of little  moment whether
it is or is not stopped.
  In every other case, it is produced by either local
or sympathetic  irritation, or excitement  of the
stomach, and it is  as  desirable to  have it relieved
under one  circumstance as  another.   When it  is
produced by the sufferer having  eaten some indi-
gestible or improper  food, or when the stomach is
organically too feeble to bear common food, and
is thereby overloaded, in either case it becomes im-
portant to have  the cause  removed, Avhich can
readily be  done by assisting nature  a little  Avith 
212          DIRECT MEDICATION
some mild  emetic, as the emetic drops or powder.
The cause  being  changed,  the effect Avill cease for
the time being;  or if, as is often the case, there is
a great hostility to giving emetics, then, by arming
the Renovator Avith Fluid No. 3,  and thoroughly
applying it over  the whole epigastrium, the  ex-
treme  irritation and absorption  of the  soporific
properities of  the  fluid will arrest the attack, and
the cause may be removed  through the alimentary
canal, by means of a  mild cathartic, as the com-
pound  poAvder of senna, or the neutralizing cor-
dial, which last would be  preferable in this case.
If, as is sometimes the case, by the long continua-
tion of vomiting  the local irritation is, of itself,
sufficient to continue  the  paroxysm, then the in-
strument will at  once afford perfect and lasting
relief;  but  in  this Case it  is better to use equal
parts of Fluids Nos. 2 and 3, in order to obtain the
threefold action  of immediate  counter-irritation,
permanency of action, and quiescence by absorp-
tion.   This will  soon remove the  irritation from
the stomach and gastro-enteritic membrane.
  If the vomiting arises through  sympathy with
the kidneys,  bladder, testicles,  uterus,  brain, or
local distress in the limbs, which so far excites the
nerves   as  to  act, through sympathy, upon the
stomach, no agency will so speedily give  relief as
the instrument;  and it should not only be applied
to the epigastric region, but if the real seat  of the
cause is knoAvn, it should  be applied Avith double 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.        213
thoroughness over the part, or as  nearly so as the
locality and circumstances will permit.
  The proper localities for applications are particu-
larized under the various forms of  disease set forth
in this  treatise,  and  therefore  require  nothing
more than generalization here.
  The parts involved  in  contraction, Avhile in the
act of vomiting, are the stomach,  abdominal mus-
cles, and diaphragm—these, by a  reflex action  of
the  pneumogastric  nerve,  are supposed  to  be
thrown  into action.
             CHAPTER  XXXIII.

              BOILS--FURUNCULUS.
     BOILS generally afflict persons Avho are health-
      ful, vigorous and young, or those persons in
whom there is supposed to exist a specific poison—
as scrofula, syphilis, scurvy, etc.—and they Avill be
abundantly  produced frequently,  by treating the
itch  (scabies) Avith external remedies, and omitting
to pay a proper attention to the blood.
  And Avhether they appear  in persons that are
young and vigorous, without  any apparent cause,
or in persons of a  cachectic habit  or diathesis, the
conclusion must be the same,  Ariz:  It is an effort
of nature, in this peculiar manner, to rid herself  of
improper  matter  by Avay  of  the surface  of the 
214          DIRECT MEDICATION
body.  And as these swellings are located imme-
diately under the skin,  it is probable that from
some cause a single  follicle becomes deranged,
Geases to perform its bealthy function, and in this
obstructed condition,  acts as  a nucleus  for the
formation of a dead centre  or core, with the at-
tendant formation of pus.  Cleansing syrups, sul-
phur, epsom salts, cream of tartar, etc., are among
the things formerly recommended for their eradi-
cation.

              Improved Treatment.
  By arming the instrument with Fluid No. 2, and
applying it sparingly  over the fleshy portions  of
the body once in twelve or fifteen days, the system
will be thoroughly renovated from  the absorption
of the alterative  properties  of the  fluid, and the
impurities Avill also be drawn out and discharged
through the skin, by small and distributed pustula-
tion.
  Whenever there is an evident commencement for
a boil, it can in every case be destroyed by apply-
ing the instrument thoroughly to  the part, Avith
the puncturers set out one-sixteenth of an inch, so
as to  penetrate  to  the  forming core, strike  it
thoroughly several times, and then draAv the points
back to an ordinary length, and apply it  freely to
the surrounding, or as nearly as can be  done, to
the adjacent parts.   This will  invariably  cure or
arrest their further development.  If the boil is on
the face, apply the Renovator to it  freely, and for 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         215
purposes of diversion, etc., complete the application
upon the shoulders or arms.  The system is a unit,
and  the laAV of contra-irritation  will  affect the
Avhole at any point or location.

CONTINUATION OF  THE CHAPTER--FELON OR WHIT-
               LOW--PARONYCHIA.
  They are divided into  four varieties, according
to the seat of formation, but a real felon is supposed
to commence between the periosteum and bone.
This is the  most serious  in its consequences,  as
well as distressing during its progress, and Avhat
will  cure  this form  may safely be  relied upon  in
the management of the other Aarieties.
  The ordinary treatment is by mild cathartics and
nervines, internally, and poulticing to the  time  of
evident maturity, and  then lancing them, treating
Avith escharotics, as powdered  blood root, sesqui
carbonate of potassa, etc., to assist in sooner break-
ing up and discharging the diseased structure, and
continuing the poulticing Avith  alternate cleansing,
by means of castile soap suds.   The lancing should
be done at any period when  it becomes  evident
that they cannot be dispersed, and should  be very
thoroughly done.  The other treatment is proper.
  By applying the Renovator thoroughly  to the
whole fleshy part of the arm, upon  the side Avhere
the hand  and the diseased finger is located, Avhen
taken in incipiency, has, for the last three years,
arrested the  farther progress  of almost  all the
cases coming under my care. 
216          DIRECT  MEDICATION
              CHAPTER  XXXIV.

                   HYSTERIA.
      AS its  name  indicates,  this  disease was for
        many years supposed to be confined to the
female sex, and have its origin  from  various  affec-
tions of the  female  reproductiAre organs.    The
affection was, more from conjecture than otherwise,
divided into several varieties, and named respect-
ively according  to  the  supposition  of distinct
cause.  Dr.  Cullen had four varieties, which it is
not necessary to mention here.  Almost all authori-
ties of any prominence have, in some minor points,
views peculiar to. themselves, but as a general rule
all  agree that principally  this malady is confined
to the female sex, and to the years between puber-
ty and the turn of life.   This is a general rule, but
some high in the profession entertain the doctrine
that it  is not absolutely a disease whose cause  is
attributable to affections  of the uterus, contending
that under certain extremely prostrated and excited
conditions of the nervous system, even males have
been  decidedly  hysterically affected.  One thing
is certain that hypochondriasis, vain imaginations,
frantic ravings,  and nervous  spasms  resembling
hysteria, are  not entirely confined to our mothers,
wives and sisters. As the symptoms of this  disease
arc so numerous, and in many cases so obscure as
to often mislead the best medical advisers, we will 
            BY  ACUPUNCTURATION.        217

not  go into a  detail of  them;  we will simply
premise by saying  that the more common attacks
of the affection are so well marked by the symp-
toms peculiarly characteristic,  that  eA*en  the com-
mon  people understand them, and the  sufferer
herself soon becomes  accustomed to their indica-
tions, and knows Avell their approach.
  Notwithstanding the almost universal derision
following those thus  affected, there is  really no
affliction calling more earnestly for real sympathy
and  kindness,  than does  hysteria; whereas dis-
affection, coldness  and indifference is the general
demeanor of attendants.  Such  is the characteristic
perversity of our race.

              Improved Treatment.
  Like all other cases of disease where the cerebral
functions are sympathetically  involved,  hysteria
will readily in every case yield to the application
of the instrument along the course of the spine, and
it should be  especially applied across the lumbar
region of the back.  In most cases, unless  attended
with a falling of  the  womb,  retroversion, etc.,  a
mild cathartic, as the compound  poAvder  of senna,
Avill  be very beneficial, following the application
of the Renovator.   The nerve pills Avill be of great
benefit, if an internal remedy is desired.   Or if, as
is sometimes the case, the  patient is so constituted
as to have opium inadmissable, give the compound
tincture for hysteria and nervous prostration.
10 
218          DIRECT MEDICATION
              CHAPTER  XXXV.

      PUERPREAL FEVER--CHILD BED FEVER.
      AN attack of fever following delivery, com-
       mencing  or  setting in  on the second or
third day, rarely occurring as  late as the  sixth
day, has been denominated puerpreal fever.
  When attended by a typhoid type, or character-
ized  by  puerpreal peritonitis, it  is  much to be
dreaded, and  especially so if the disease occurs in
hot weather.  In the peritonitic  Arariety the perito-
neum alone maybe affected,but  it more frequently
occurs that there is  a joint  inflammatory action
involving both that membrane and the uterus.
  When distinctly marked by typhoid symptoms,
this condition is called malignant puerpreal fever;
and when this type is clearly  manifest, the disease
will generally prove fatal, unless very skillfully
managed.  We shall not enter upon a detail of
symptoms,  as it is in this case the same as in very
many others,  " an ounce of preventative is worth a
pound of cure."
  And if properly treated after  delivery, this con-
dition will very seldom, if ever,  occur, and that is
what we propose  more particularly to notice here.
The long  lamented  Prof. T. V. Morrow, in the
winter of 1848-'49, in his lectures, upon one occa-
sion made the assertion that this disease would not
occur if a dose of podophyllin  and quinine was 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.        219
given  after delivery, sufficient to act freely upon
the boAvels, and then folloAved for three days with
quinine, 20 grains; ipecac, 10 grains;  opium, 2 to 5
grains; leptandrin, 4 grains.  Mix and divide  into
tAventy powders; give one once in  two to  four
hours.  This is an  old but most excellent  pre-
scription,  but should have well  triturated Avith
it 40 grains of pure white  sugar* and its action is
thereby much improved.
  The  foregoing  internal course probably cannot
well be improved, excepting perhaps in some cases
where  the stomach  has suffered during gestation,
by a dyspeptic  condition, and the tongue indicates
too much  gastro-intestinal irritation to  admit of
giving the podophyllin, in which case  rhubarb,
leptandrin, or compound powder of senna may be
safely substituted.
  My own course for years past has been to treat
every case after  confinement just as  I  would if
they Avere laboring under an  ordinary  attack of
fever, only perhaps not quite as thoroughly.  This
course I pursue for  three or four  days, in every in-
stance, and haA^e never since its adoption had a case
of this feArer occur in my own practice.
  I have had two Arery severe cases to attend to in
the last three years, the result of mal-treatment by
others, or rather palpable negligence.  Both cases
readily yielded to the following treatment.  I ap-
plied the instrument very thoroughly all  around
the pelvic region of the body, extending up  as far
as the region of the diaphragm.   This relieved the 
220          DIRECT  MEDICATION
internal diseased action to a surprising degree; but
previous to the application, I had strict attention
paid to the general condition of the skin, with the
warm alkaline sponging.  Gave internally Doctor
M.'s prescription, and to vagina employed the fol-
loAving injection once in three hours.
  Take  cornus circinata bark,  coarse  ground, 2
ounces; common salt, 1 ounce.  Mix and steep  in
three  half pints of pure water.   Strain  and "cool;
to each  two ounces add one tablespoonful of good
brandy, if  you can get it,  if not, use it without.
Two ounces is sufficient for one injection.  As the
fetor  disappears, give  them less  and  less  fre-
quently.
             CHAPTER  XXXVI.

        APHTHOUS--CANKER OR THRUSH.
    ANKER  (commonly  so-called) may  attack
      persons  of  apparently good health—may
be produced from peculiar poisons  in the  blood,
manner of living, condition of the atmosphere, etc.
In such cases, it generally appears as eating sores
in the mouth, frequently varying in size from that
of a pea to the size of a  dime.   In this case the
bowels should be kept regular—the  surface of the
body bathed once a  week Avith the Avarni alkaline
bath. 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         221
  The proper use of alteratives, as the iodide of
potassium or alterative syrups, is desirable;  and,
locally, destroy them by the  application of nitrate
of silver, chloride of gold, or a drop of muriatic
acid.   In a feAV moments after applying, rinse the
mouth well  with pure water.
  It more commonly occurs, hoAvever, in the  form
of Avhite specks upon the tongue and mouth.   In
some  cases it becomes malignant, the canker spots,
or Avhole  surface affected, turning black or dark,
and is frequently called black canker. This Aariety
is apt to extend its ravages into the larynx, in form
of dark colored spots  of ulceration, and is gener-
ally attendant upon  typhoid  and other Ioav grades
of disease, or in cases where great deterioration of
the blood,  and perhaps in some cases Avhere speci-
fic poison, is the predisposing and exciting cause.
  The  seAreral  Aarieties  generally  spoken of by
authorities,  Ave do not  propose to specify.   Gener-
ally,  excepting in  the first mentioned case, and
even  then, to some  extent, canker may  be said to
depend for  its  immediate results upon a lack of
plasticity of the blood;  and,  of  course, if the
vitality is  Ioav, as is  frequently  the case, tonics
and alteratives are of constitutional importance.
  The boAvels should be regulated with the neutral-
izing  cordial.   For  local application,  see canker
wash No. 1.  If this fails, SAvab the mouth tAvo or
three times per day with canker medicine No. 2,
and if it does not remove the canker in a day or
tAvo,  double its  strength;  or, in some cases, appli- 
222          DIRECT MEDICATION
cation No. 3 will readily subdue it.   This last, in
doses varying according to age, from one-half to
two  teaspoonfuls at a time, five or  six times  per
day, is  an excellent internal  remedy.  In  cases
where this disease is bad, the local irritation, as
well as the general impurity of the blood, may be
removed  to an  extent surpassing belief,  by  the
use of the Renovator to the throat, if the disease
extends to the larynx, etc.; and,  also, to  various
parts of the body.
  The absorption of Fluid No. 2, the counter-irrita-
tion  and pustulation, consequent upon its use, will
all  conjoin to restore  the patient  to a  general
healthy state of the secretions.
                   SORE LIPS.
  This is  characterized  by a partial  or apparently
entire absence of the skin upon the edge of the
lips, and frequently extends into the mouth nearly
to the teeth.   The  part is generally very  red and
painful, more commonly confined to  the loAver lip,
by some attributed to an  affection  of the spleen
(why I do not know).  The person thus affected is
generally otherwise healthy.
   A  sure remedy for this very painful affection is,
to apply  full  strength muriated tincture  of iron,
once or twice per day.  The application is very
severe for a few seconds, but the result will repay
the pain. 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         223
             CHAPTER XXXVII.

     PECULIAR ACTION OF THE  INSTRUMENT.
     BEFORE  closing this treatise, I have thought
       it advisable to make a few remarks regard-
ing the general action  of the Renovator and Fluids.
  1. Then, I Avill say that, when  understood, it is
a certain indicator  of the real  condition of the
blood, the measure of vitality, and the activity of
disease.
  2. In cases that will prove fatal within a  few
hours—where the condition  of the  vital forces is
such that the disease  cannot be accurately diag-
nosed, and no  opinion can safely be given of the re-
sult without risk of loss of reputation—and if the
patient is actually going steadily downward to a
point past  redemption, then the instrument  will
have no manifest effect, or, if it does act locally, it
will be of a very brief character, or soon disappear
entirely.
  3. In low grades of  fever, where the vitality is
very low, it may appear to fail of benefit; also in
cases of severe metastasis of diseased action to the
vital organs, as to the  stomach, heart,  etc.
  4. In cases of spasms, where  the vital force is
nearly exhausted, or in diphtheria or  other condi-
tions producing a near approach  to  strangulation,
or in cases of  very severe congestion, the action of
the instrument  may at first be  unobservable, or
nearly so. 
224          DIRECT MEDICATION
  5. In all cases of Arery high inflammatory action,
whether general or local, the instrument will fre-
quently appear to not produce a sufficient measure
of action to secure a fully developed external mani-
festation.   But in  all these cases the rule should
be, not to abandon  the patient, but to re-apply the
instrument with redoubled energy and thoroughness,
knowing that when the fully developed local action
has been produced, you are  surely the victor OA'er
the malady.   Here your  course to  restoration is
marked out—be unyieldingly determined.   In one
case of diphtheria,  which had continued until it
appeared as though the child was in the agonies
of death, I applied the instrument to the throat
and upper portion of the chest, and  no relief was
manifest.   In about forty minutes I re-applied it to
the same surface and all over the whole chest, and
then rubbed on the Fluid.   In a few minutes he
breathed more easily, and  in   twelve hours his
change for the better  was very marked;  the en-
largement in the throat and  the active irritation
was rapidly disappearing, when, in due time, he
recovered.
  On the third day from the  treatment I never
saAv a more  complete crop of pustules than was
present.  Feeling confident, that if  the diversion
was sufficiently overpowering,  the  case  would
yield, and reflecting that I had far rather risk the
outside skin  as  the seat of local irritation, than
where it then was located, and being sure it could
do  him no harm, and  in case  he  should die, he 
BY ACUPUNCTURATION.         225
would  in  the spirit  knoAV hoAV  my  heart  was
pained in his behalf, I would, had the second effort
failed, then have applied it to every available por-
tion of the body.  When, from reason, you know
you are right, if the measures  adopted can do no
harm, you cannot Avell be too thorough.
  6. In  case of pure  blood or good  health, very
little pustulation can ordinarily be produced.
  1. When applied so as to fully succeed in active
disease,  the  pustulation will  finally be extensive,
and more particidarly so  over  the seat of diseased
action, if the disease is local.
  8. In  all passive  diseases Avhere there is consi-
derably measure of vitality, as in skin diseases, the
early stages of scrofula, consumption,  cancer, ab-
scesses, etc.,  the  pustulation  will  be very readily
produced, and of a very extensive character.  The
pustulation,   when  developed,  will   correspond
entirely to the conditions of the system.
  These facts point unmistakably to the propriety
of being very thorough  in such  cases, Avhile the
system  yet has the poAver to  obey the draAving
force of the instrument, and  produce  a  full de-
termineition of all impurity to the outside  surface
of the body. 
 
APPENDIX.
                 PHARMACY.

                EMETIC  POWDER.
     iOBELIA, herb  or  seed,  powd.,  30  grains;
   J  blood root, powd., 30 grains; ipecac, powd.,
20 grains ;  capsicum, powd., 20 grains.  Mix, and
divide into thirty powders.   To a child six years
old  give  one  once in thirty  minutes until free
Aromiting ensues.
  If,  as is frequently the  case, it is preferred to
give medicine in liquid form, use the following:

            EMETIC DROPS OR SYRUP.
  Take tincture of lobelia,  tincture of blood root,
tincture of skullcap, of each 2 oz.; tincture of cap-
sicum, 1 oz.; simple syrup, 1 fluid oz.  Mix in a
bottle and shake  well  together.  Then  add of
powd. ipecac,  1 oz.  Whenever  any is poured out
of the bottle, and  every time it is  given, it should
be very thoroughly shaken up.
  Dose.—For a child six years  old, $ teaspoonful
once in thirty minutes until it operates as an emet-
ic.   By the addition of 2 ounces of syrup of seneka 
228
APPENDIX.
snake root (polygala senega), you have  a syrup
far superior to the hive syrup in common use.
  These compounds should be used in croup, diph-
theria, asthma, etc.  Also in inflammation of the
lungs, pleura, etc.  The dose and frequency should
be regulated  according to the nature of the case,
the age, temperament, etc., of the patient.  They
are safe and prompt  emetics  Avhenever agents of
this class are required.  In broken doses,  taken at
suitable intervals, they  act  as  diaphoretics  and
nauseating expectorants, producing  a general re-
laxation of the whole muscular system, equalizing
the circulation of the blood, etc.

             NEUTRALIZING CORDIAL.
  Take rhubarb  (best quality), powd., 1 ounce;
soda, 1 ounce.  Put these together in a deep dish,
as a soup platter or basin, then add cold water to
them by teaspoonfuls, rubbing  and mixing until
they have just water enough Avith  them, and have
become so  thoroughly mixed as to  produce a thick,
even  paste, in Avhich there  are no lumps at all.
Then add to  this one and a-half ounces of  common
essence of peppermint,  and thoroughly  mix to-
gether.
  Make 1 pint of thick molasses Avith white sugar
and heat, i. e., have it of good honey thickness Avhen
it gets cold.  (This  is  commonly called simple
syrup). Noav, when the syrup is cold, mix all Avell
together and filter through a fine sieve,  bottle it
up and cork it well.   Shake it Avhen used.   This is 
APPENDIX.
229
the  only way that a cordial of this kind can be
made for domestic use which really has  a consist-
ency of a proper  character, to be worthy of the
name of neutralizing cordicd, and I think  any one
who will make this cordial in strict accordance
Avith the foregoing simple directions, will find it
far superior to any they can buy Avhich has all the
prestige of being  manufactured in a chemical lab-
oratory.
  Dose.—For  a child three years old, from £ to i
teaspoonful;  for  adults, 1  to  2 teaspoonfuls.  If
given  for  costiveness,  or  for dianhcea  resulting
from imperfect digestion, it  should be  given at
meals as they begin, or at the close of eating, so it
Avill combine Avith the  food and aid in digestion.
The quantity taken should be just Avhat will fulfill
the indications presented.  .This can soon be ascer-
tained by regularly increasing or moderating doses
to the amount  required.   If given as a corrective
in active diarrhoea or dysentery, it should be ad-
ministered  every hour in sufficient quantity  until
it acts freely upon the bowels, manifesting by the
color of the stools its  abundant presence therein.
In case of diarrhoea it can be givenin small quanti-
ties, Avith Avhich may be incorporated  a feAV drops
of tincture of opium; or in case of general prostra-
tion, attended Avith extreme relaxation of the bow-
els, after having obtained a free action upon them
with the cordial, then give it in small doses, alter-
nated Avith from 1 to 6 grain doses, according to
age, etc., of the following: 
230
APPENDIX.
   Take powd. opium, 10 grains; quinine, 40 grains;
 tannin, 40 grains;  golden seal, 40 grains.  Mix.
   The neutralizing cordial is  undoubtedly one of
 the best corrective agents ever employed to regu-
 late the digestive organs.   As originally prepared
 and used by Drs. W. Beach, L. E. Jones,  T. V.
 Morrow, and many others of the pioneers in Amer-
 ican eclecticism,  it was composed of  rhubarb,
 peppermint  leaves, saleratus (the  old-fashioned
 bicarbonate of potassa), of  each 1 ounce.   Mix
 with  brandy and syrup  of Avhite sugar, or  white
 sugar, brandy  and  water in sufficient  quantity.
 And though old-fashioned,  I  have witnessed more
 satisfactory results from the  action of the  above
 than from any other combination in which I have
 ever used rhubarb.

              CANKER WASH,  No. 1.
   Take cornus circinata bark  (green  ozier), dry
 and coarse ground, 2 ounces;  table salt, £ ounce;
 capsicum, 2 drams.  Mix and steep in  one pint of
 water thoroughly, then strain  it.  In  cases of
 aphthous, wash the mouth and throat with this
 five or six times per day.
   If the person is of sufficient age, have the throat
 gargled Avith it; if not, it may be done Avith  a
__ swab, or by  putting  a little at  a time into the
 mouth.  This is a very simple compound, but one of
 the most  effectual  ones I  have  ever  used.  See
 diphtheria and scarlatina. 
APPENDIX.
231
     ANOTHER AGENT FOR CANKER.  No.  2.
  Take auri et sodas chloridi  (chloride of gold and
soda), 4 grs.;  rain Avater, 2 fluid ounces.  Mix.
  For application see chapter on aphtha.
  This wash is nearly infallibh.
           ANOTHER.  FORMULA NO.  3.
  Take powd. golden seal (hydrastis canadensis),
2 drams;  tannin,  30 grs.;  poAvd.  borax  (sodae
boras), 30 grs.;  good  honey, 2 ounces.  Mix and
rub all Avell together in a clean porcelain mortar or
other proper article.  Then add to it one ounce of
boiling water and  stir it Avell, put it into a vial
and then  add   tincture of capsicum  (Cayenne
pepper),  30 drops, shake well and  it is fit  for use ;
but it should always be  shaken well before being
used, and then pour out Avhat you wish for imme-
diate use.
           POULTICE FOR SORE THROAT.
  Take  cornus  circinata bark, coarse  ground,  4
ounces;  capsicum, 1 ounce; salt, 2 ounces;  vinegar,
1 quart.   Mix and  steep Avell, then  stir in Avheat
bran enough  to  make it of  proper consistency for
a poultice, or vary the proportions as you wish, to
have it any strength desirable.
            ANTI-SPASMODIC  TINCTURE.
  Take tincture of skullcap, tincture of blue cohush,
tincture  of valerian, tincture of lobelia, tincture of
capsicum,  2 fluid ounces of each.  Mix.
   Dose,  for a child six  years old, \ to \ teaspoon- 
232
APPENDIX.
ful;   for  an adult,  {to  2  teaspoonfuls,  given
from  one-half to three hours apart, according to
circumstances.   Useful  in  convulsions,  cramps,
hysteria, etc.
            NERVE  AND TONIC  PILLS.
  Take poAvd.  gum opium,  10  grs.;  gelsemin, 5
grs.;  quinine, 40 grs.; strychnia, 1{ grs.   Mix.
  Form  into 30 pills Avith simple syrup or extract
of valerian, if you have it.   Dose, for -adult, one
pill two  to  four hours apart.  Dose, for children
six years old, from i to ^ pill, and  proportionately
for those of different age.  Good  in all cases of
exhaustion of the muscular and nervous energies
of the system, general prostration,  etc.
                  NERVE  PILLS.
  Take quinine, 60  grs.; gelsemin,  2 grs.; mor-
phine, 6  grs.; extract valerian, sufficient quantity.
Form into 30 pills.
  Dose, { to one pill for adult.
                HEART CORRECTOR.
  Take pinus pendula (tamarack), pinus palustris
(yellow  pine),  prunos  virginiana  (Avild cherry),
alnus serrulata (tog alder), viburnum opulus (high
cranberry), the bark of each coarse  ground, and
senecio gracilis (life root)', roots and tops, \ pound
of each.   To form  into  syrup,  see chapter on
nightmare, etc.
  This is one of the most valuable agents  in  the
treatment of irregularities  of  the action of  the
heart, and  especially nervous  derangements.   It 
APPENDIX.
233
possesses alterative, tonic, nervine, anti-spasmodic,
stomachic, and other valuable properties.

           TONIC AND CHECKING SYRUP.
For eliarrhcea, etc., in debilitated conditions of the
               stomach eind bowels.
  Take quinine and geranin, 60 grs. of each; gum
opium, powd., 20 grs.; white sugar, 2 ounces.  Trit-
urate the  sugar to an impalpable poAvder, then
mix all together  and rub them until well  in-
corporated.
  Add  simple  syrup, 5  fluid  ounces,  and  clear
Avater, 1 ounce.  Then set  in the top of a kettle in a
tin  basin or cup, or subject to a steam heat, stirring
constantly until well scalded  together, then re-
move from the fire, and  Avhen cold  put it  into a
bottle  and add 1- ounce essence of peppermint.
Whenever it is  taken, or any poured from the
bottle, shake it  Avell previously.
  Dose, ^ to 1 teaspoonful for  adult, and  propor-
tionately for a child.

COMPOUND SYRUP OF  LIRIODEXDRON, OR ALTERA-
   TIVE, LAXATIVE, TONIC, AND DUEETIC SYRUP.
  Cort. (baric.) Liriodendron tulipifera (whiteAvood);
juglans  cinerea  (Avhite Avalnut);  alnus serrulata
(tog alder); primus  virginiana (Avild cherry); of
each, clear of ross or outside, Avell dried and coarse
ground, 1 pound,  or, if green, clear of ross and cut
very fine, take 2 pounds of each.  Boil  them  in a
tin  pail or large pan, Avith Avater sufficient to keep
them constantly  covered.   If the  barks are dry
      10* 
234
APPENDIX.
they will continue to expand in the water for some
time, and must have  additions of Avater to keep
them covered.  Let them boil faithfully two hours,
then strain off all the decoction, and re-apply a new
quantity of Avater, boiling hot from another vessel,
then  boil one  hour longer and  again  filter the
liquor, then repeat the  boiling in the same manner
as before.  During the seAreral boilings, if the Avater
on the barks gets Ioav by evaporation,  add  a little
boiling water  from the tea kettle  or other con-
venient article,  so as  to keep the quantity about
the  same during  each boiling.   Lastly put the
several boilings together in a tin or porcelain-lined
vessel, and simmer them carefully to four pints,
stirring it often so it will not scorch to the bottom.
If it is evaporated away on  a common stove, it  is
prudent in all cases to  lay a thin layer of sand or
ashes between the stove and the article containing
the medicine, in  order to break the  force of the
heat and prevent scorching.   When it is simmered
down to four pints then add to it 5 pounds of the
best white sugar, and constantly stir it until  it
boils and the sugar is all dissolved. Then remove
it from the fire, and when  it is cold  bottle it up
and add to it 1  pint of alcohol, in which h ounce
of oil  of  wintergreen has  previously been cut.
When it is used it should  always be thoroughly
shaken.  This is one of the best domestic remedies
for chronic disease of the stomach, kidneys, bow-
els, scrofula, and some forms of skin disease.  One-
fourth pound of sulphur added to one quart of this, 
APPENDIX.
235
and Avell shaken each time it is used, administered in
from 1 to 2 teaspoonful doses three times each day,
one hour before meals,  is a  sovereign remedy for
itch.
COMPOUND TINCTURE FOR HYSTERIA AND NERVOUS
                  PROSTRATION.
  Take tincture of valerian, 1 fluid ounce; tincture
of assafoetida  and lobelia, of each 2 fluid ounces;
tincture of capsicum, 1  fluid  ounce.  Mix.
  Dose, \ to 1 teaspoonful in ten to sixty minutes,
as required to allay spasms.  This is also excellent
in the ordinary spasms of children, but  should be
so reduced  as not to strangle them, and the dose
varied to suit  the age, etc.
          COMPOUND POAVDER OF SENNA.
  Take senna  alex. powd. 2 ounces; ipomae jalapa,
poAvd., 1 ounce;  caryophyllus aromaticus, or zin-
giber off., powd., \ ounce.  Mix.
  Dose, y to 1 heaping  teaspoonful at a time, in  a
little SAveetened Avater; vary  according to age, etc.
An excellent,  harmless cathartic for common use. 
 
CERTIFICATES.
              PSOAS ABSCESS CURED.

         CERTIFICATE OF FREDERICK HERRICK.
   This is is to certify that during the month of May, A. D.
1865, I had a severe attack of fever, which was followed by
erysipelas, resulting finally in a local inflammation  of the
whole of my left leg, and extending above the hip into the
body along the spine, on that side as far up as the point of
attachment between the lower ribs  and back bone. The
leg swelled frightfully, turned dark, was entirely useless,
and I was helpless and apparently going rapidly down to
the grave.  I  had  consulted the best  physicians  of the
country, who gave me  to understand that, as  I was  an old
man, there was no hope in my case, as it Avould result in an
abscess  in  the large psoas muscle.   In  the latter part of
June I  called  on Dr. A. R. Brown, formerly of Cincinnati,
Ohio.   He came to see me, and gave the same opinion in
regard to the  result and character of the disease that  all
the others had done.   He then said: "But, sir, I have an
invention, the  principle of Avhich I originated  and partially
put in operation some sixteen years ago, which is not known
or used  by the profession, and in which I have some  degree
of confidence, that, notwithstanding your condition being be-
yond the ordinary reach of  medical skill, yet  it may cure
you, and I will apply it if you desire."  I told him to go
ahead—I could stand anything.  Dr. B.  then applied Avhat
he called a counter-irritating instrument over the Avhole 
238
APPENDIX.
diseased structure.  In twelve days he  again applied it aa
before; and  in fifteen days he again applied it, at which
time all  the disease had  disappeared,  and has never  re-
turned.  Within a few hours from the time he first applied
it to my limb, the whole external surface, as far as the appli-
cation extended, was covered with small pustules, filled with
a thin matter at first, which in three days became thick
and yellow.   And I could  plainly see that I was better in
that time.  And  I know that my recovery was the result of
Dr. Brown's treatment, and I do not believe there is any-
thing else known to the medical profession that would have
cured me.                       Frederick Herrick.

                     CONFIRMATION.
              Homer, Calhoun Co., Mich., June 1, 1867.
   I do certify that at and  during the time Dr. Brown Avas
treating my brother Frederick, he was making his home
with me, and that I was knowing to all the circumstances
related in his certificate  relative to being cured by Dr.
Brown, and know them to be strictly true.
                                  Andrew Herrick.
           CERTIFICATE OF OSCAR F. CRANDALL.
       Litchfield, Hillsdale Co., Mich., March 29, 1867.
To all whom it may Concern:
   I do hereby certify that on  or about the 26th day of
August, 1865, I called upon Dr. A. R.  Brown to go  and
visit John Konst, a man Avho had a few months previously
purchased my farm located in the township of Homer,  Cal-
houn county, Michigan, and was at that  time residing on it.
   The aforesaid Konst had, some months previous to the
calling of Dr. B., been attacked with  a fever, which, not
having been properly arrested, appeared to assume a local-
ized character, involving the left leg. Said leg became im-
mensely swollen, and inflamed from the  toes to the hip. and
thence up that side as far as the lower ribs.  The side  was 
APPENDIX.
239
much enlarged, and the leg was as full as the skin  could
contain, and it assumed a very dark, unnatural color ;  the
limb was extremely painful, the most severe part of Avhich
originated in the muscles along the spine near the  lower
ribs, and extended down through the  hip;  the leg was en-
tirely useless, and  Konst Avas rapidly failing.  He had been
treated up to this time by the various  physicians near him,
who afforded  him  no relief, but informed him it would
result in an abscess in that  side extending down into  the
thigh, Avhich would in the end result in death.
   Under these circumstances I called Dr. Brown, request-
ing him to see the sufferer, but informing him than no good
could be done him, and it  was only for  satisfactory pur-
poses that I desired him to make the visit.  On examining
the case, the doctor said he  had a few months before at-
tended to a similar  case in the person of a Mr. Frederick
Herrick, who was much the senior of Konst, and had been
abandoned by some of the best of the profession in Calhoun
county as being incurable before he (the doctor) saw him,
and which case he had entirely cured by his new method of
treatment.   Dr. Brown then applied  his irritating instru-
ment to the Avhole leg and side of Konst, as far as the  swell-
ing  and inflammation  extended.  This had the  effect to
bring out on  the whole surface a  large quantity of small
ulcers nearly as large as a pea.  On the 9th day of Septem-
ber, thirteen days afterwards, the doctor again Aisited and
re-applied the instrument to him as before with similar re-
sults, but the  formation of matter upon the skin this time
was not as extensive as before.   Previous to the second ap-
plication the general fever, which he  had been constantly
laboring under,  had subsided; his tongue, which had for
many weeks been cove'red Avith a dark coat, with extreme
redness of the edges, had cleared off, and Avas pale and nat-
ural in  its  appearance; his breath had become  natural;
more than one-half of the swelling, and all the pain in the
side and limb, had disappeared; his appetite, for the first 
240
APPENDIX.
time since he was first attacked, had returned, and his gen-
eral health was rapidly improving, and he could move the
limb considerably.  About thirty days after this Dr. Brown
again visited his residence, with the design of again apply-
ing the  instrument to his leg, but was surprised  to learn
from Konst's  family that he had entirely recovered,  had
sold a yoke of  oxen  to  Mr. Goodin Howard, of Allen,
Hillsdale county, Michigan, thirteen miles distant,  and  had
gone there on foot to deliver the oxen.  And I do further
certify that the disease did not again return or trouble him,
but he remained in good health until he sold out about one
year afterwards, and removed to where he now resides in
the State of Indiana.              Oscar F. Crandall.
                    CONFIRMATION.
   We  do hereby certify that we  are  the parents of the
aforesaid John Konst, and lived wi th him at the time Dr.
Brown  cured  him, and we know the above  statements. of
0. F. Crandall to be true.           John  Konst, Sr.,
                                    Sally Konst.
         CERTIFICATE OF JACKSON PARDEE, ESQ.
               Butler, Branch Co., Mich., June 1, 1867.
   This is to certify that  in the fall of 1865 I was attacked
with  inflammatory rheumatism,  Avhich  affected all my
joints and rendered me perfectly helpless, as Avell as causing
me such pain as I am satisfied that but few, even Avith this
form of disease, have suffered.  The fever  run  high, and I
became rapidly emaciated.  I employed the best medical
assistance I could procure, and for three  months suffered
the most  excruciating torture, at which time  the doctors
would give  me but little encouragement  of recovery, and
told  me if I got well  at  all  it would be a very long time
first.  I then sent for Dr. A. R. Brown,  formerly of the city
of Cincinnati, Ohio, and he came, examined me thoroughly,
and obtained a full history of my case.  He  asked me if I 
APPENDIX.
241
believed I had sufficient strength remaining to walk, in case
I was cured of the rheumatism.   I told him I  thought I
had.  Dr. B. then  began and applied the acupuncturing
instrument over the entire fleshy portions of my body and
limbs.   In forty-eight hours I was covered with  a  uniform
crop of  yellow festers, from the size of a grain of wheat to
a grain of corn.  All my pain disappeared in a very few
hours after  the application, the swelling in my  limbs rap-
idly vanished, and in eight days from the time the treat-
ment Avas commenced, I was  clear of all traces  of the dis-
ease, and  Avalked  slowly to a neighbor's and home again,
nearly eighty rods from my OAvn residence.
    Dr. B. re-applied the instrument to me in ten  days after-
wards, and I very rapidly recovered my strength, and have
from that to the present had no traces of the  disease Avhat-
ever.   I  make  this  statement in justice  to  the merits
of the doctor's invention, which I  believe in this particular
case will  far surpass anything that  can be devised for  its
cure.                          Jackson Pardee, J. P.
              ADELL ROBINS' CERTIFICATE.
                         Harmony, N. Y., June 8, 1867.
To whom it may Concern:
   This is to certify that for the last  eight years I have
been afflicted with a deficiency in the poAver of my heart to
properly circulate the blood; so much so that my hands and
feet would be extremely cold in both summer and Avinter.
Also, I Avas troubled  with dizziness in my head, dimness of
vision, with  many other A'ery unpleasant, and, at  times,
alarming sensations.   I  have been treated for these symp-
toms by various physicians, Avithout  realizing any material
benefit.
   Finally, in February last, when I Avas extremely bad, and
I was also informed that there was a very strong tendency
to congestion, and if  I stooped forward I would iri'esistibty
      11 
242
APPEXDIX.
pitch  down upon my face to the floor.  My extremities at
this time were as cold  as  the  dead, and  I  could  not  be
warmed by any measures  we could  devise  so  that they
would feel warm.
   At this time Mr. G. Herrick Avas  called in to  see me,
and I esteem it a pleasure to state, that within ten days
he  applied  Brown's  acupuncturing instrument  to me
twice with the result of entire relief, so that  I Avas entirely
well of the difficulty in the ten  days from the first applica-
tion, and have felt like a new person ever  since.  In about
three  weeks afterwards  there was an extreme cold spell of
weather, and my extremities remained entirely warm and
comfortable, with nothing but common care and dressing,
and no return of  any of my former bad feelings have  oc-
curred ;  and I most earnestly recommend this treatment to
all those similarly afflicted.              Adell Robins.
                     CONFIRMATION.
                        Harmony, N. Y., June 8, 1867.
   I do  hereby certify that  the foregoing representations of
Adell Robins are strictly true,          F. W. Robins.
    CERTIFICATE OF GEORGE AND ELEANOR WALKER.
                      Litchfield, Mich., July 1, 1867.
To all whom it may Concern :
   This is to certify that on the 26th day of May, 1866, my
wife was attacked with  congestion of the lungs, attended
with such a condition of her throat, that  on the night of
the 28th inst. we thought she would certainly strangle to
death.   We were compelled to support her chest and head
upon  our hands, and constantly change  her  position in
order for her  to catch her breath.  Her voice was changed
from its natural sound to that of a child laboring under the
worst form of croup, and it was with great pain and effort
that she could make any noise at all.
   At this time, seeing  my Avife could survive but a brief 
APPENDIX.
243
period, I went for Dr. A. R. Brown.  He came, and said if
it Avas a child, it would be called a very severe attack of
croup, with  a partial  congestion of the lungs.  He applied
his counter-irritating instrument to her throat in front from
ear to ear, and all over the upper portion of the chest; her
breathing soon grew more easy, and in one hour  she  ap-
peared almost entirely relieved, and with this treatment the
local and internal inflammation of the throat, Avhich was
very severe, and the excitement upon her lungs, had  entirely
disappeared  in  two days time, and she immediately recov-
ered.   We could see a decided improvement in her breath-
ing in fifteen minutes from the first application.
  In January previous to  this attack, my Avife had a thor-
ough attack of congestion  of the lungs, for which the instru-
ment Avas applied with entire relief in a few hours.  In
March, 1867, our child, then six months old, was apparently
nearly dying with diphtheria.   Sin1 had been treated thor-
oughly for four days Avithout relief, Avhen  the instrument
was  applied to her, and she soon began to breathe easier,
and  continued to improve, the irritation of the throat sub-
siding, and in twenty-four hours appeared  to have passed
all danger.   I have myself several times had it applied to
my own person for attacks upon the lungs, etc., and always
with relief clearly manifest.  And I have known it applied
to numbers of other  persons for various diseases, and gen-
erally Avith perfect success.       *  George Walker,
                                  Eleanor  Walker.
  certificate  of misses fanny and nancy tiffany.
               Scipio, Hillsdale Co., Mich., July 1, 1867.
To all whom it may Concern :
   This is to certify that in the spring of 1865 I had been la-
boring under typhoid pneumonia for several Aveeks, and was
given up to die, when Dr. A. R. Brown was called to see me,
and commenced to treat me with his counter-irritating in-
strument,  and I soon  began to feel relieved, commenced im- 
244
APPENDIX.
mediately to gain, and contrary to all expectations I entirely
recovered, and  have enjoyed good health ever since.
                                    Fanny  Tiffany.

   This is to certify that at the time Dr. Broavn was treating
my sister, as above stated, I was laboring under a chronic
disease of the eyes, causing me to be almost blind.
   I had been  treated for many weeks by other medical
aid, and during the  Avhole time my eyes grew worse and
worse, until I could not see to do any kind of  Avork.  The
doctors  called it chronic  opthalma, with partial opacity,
which was constantly  on the increase.   Dr. Brown com-
menced  to apply his instrument to the back  of my neck,
along the back, and to the upper portions of my arms, and
my eyes began immediately to improve, and three applica-
tions  entirely cured  them.  These were made about one
week apart, but I could plainly see that they were better in
one day after the first application was made.
                                    Nancy  Tiffany.
       CERTIFICATE OF  C. P. PARKER AND SISTER.
               Allen, Hillsdale Co., Mich., July 1, 1867.
   This is to certify that in the fall of 1866 the typhoid
fever prevailed to a considerable extent  in this community,
and under the ordinary treatment proved  fatal in several
cases.  Myself and sister Avere both doAvn Avith it, and had
every appearance of a severe run of the disease.
   Dr. A. R. Brown was called to see  us, and he applied
his medicating puncturing instrument over the whole  of
my body, and had my wife and mother do the same Avith
my sister.  The result was an extensive  formation of yellow
pustules over the Avhole surface.  This appeared to relieve
all the internal feelings of oppression and general feelings
of inability,  or disposition  and poAver  to move; the inward
powers appeared to unaccountably return with all the heart
and feelings  of ambition common  to health.  Within three 
APPENDIX.
245
days the coating came off from our tongues, the breath be-
came natural, the redness of the  tongue  disappeared, and
our appetites returned, general perspiration followed, and
our whole systems became natural again.
   And still further, in every case of fever in which I have
known  this agency employed the results have been the
same, and it has been quite extensively used in the vicinity
where I was at the time residing.
                                  C. P. Parker,
                                  Hannah  Parker.
                    confirmation.
   We do certify that the above  statements of Cerril P.
Parker and Hannah Parker are strictly true.
                          Cornelia  Parker, Mother.
                          Harriet E. Parker, Wife.
           CERTIFICATE OF DARIUS JOHNSON.
         Litchfield, Hillsdale Co., Mich., July 11,1867.
 To all whom it may Concern :
   I do hereby certify that Dr.  A. R. Brown  has in the
last  three  years at various times applied his renovating
instrument to myself and son for several forms of disease,
with the result  of  a speedy cure in every case.  At  one
time my son was attacked with typhoid fever,  and was
umvilling to have the instrument used for  several days,
until the fever became fully established, and the doctor in-
formed us that no internal medication could then prevent a
run of the fever.   Dr. Brown at this stage had the Renova-
tor applied over the Avhole surface of the forepart of the
body, and in tAvelve hours there Avas a change in his appear-
ance, and in three days the whole dark coating had left his
tongue,  and the redness had disappeared from its edges,
and all  his symptoms had changed, leaving  him entirely
clear of fever, and he rapidly recovered.  In an attack of
fever the year following, Dr. Brown was called  in, and
treated him in the same manner with the same results. 
246
APPENDIX.
   I Avas at  one time attacked, from the  effects of severe
cold, with Avhat the doctor called inflammation of the lungs.
My fever was very high, I was somewhat delirious, breath-
ing oppressed, and general distress of my whole system.
The instrument was thoroughly used, and  Dr. Brown only
came  to see me twice to entirely cure me.  I believe it
excels anything ever used in such cases.
                                   Darius Johnson.
         CERTIFICATE OF CORNELIA V. VINCENT.

        Harmony, Chautauqua Co., N. Y., May 25, 1867.
To whom it may Concern:
   This may certify that in the month of February last  I
was  seArerely attacked Avith  inflammation of the lungs.   I
employed two physicians to attend upon me, and after being
treated for some time by them, my boAvels also became in-
flamed, and lastly they gave me up as being incurable.  My
cough Avas ATery distressing, and they informed me that the
congestion had run very high.  My lungs and bowels Avere
so sore that the greatest degree of dread attended every
paroxysm of coughing, and the slightest pressure upon my
chest or boAvels Avas insufferable.  In  this condition I Avas
informed that I probably would not live  more than three
days. At this time Mr. G. Herrick  was called in to see
me.  He applied Dr. Brown's acupuncturing instrument
over my lungs and bowels.   The pain began to subside im-
mediately, and in twenty-four hours from the application of
the instrument the soreness in both my lungs and  bowels
was  nearly all gone, and in three days I Avas so I could be
assisted into  my chair and sit up, and had it  not been for
Mr. Herrick's treatment, I really believe  I should  now
have been in my graAre.
                              Cornelia V. Vincent. 
APPENDIX.
247
         CERTIFICATE OFL. A. HOWARD, M. D.
          Litchfield, Hillsdale Co., Mich., July 1, 1867.
   This is to certify that I have been cognizant of the use of
Dr. A. R. Brown's acupuncturing instrument for the last
tAvo years, and have known  it to be applied  in many cases
of disease.  Have used it to considerable extent myself, and
I have found it to be all that the inventor has represented
it to be, and even more.  In fact I should not knoAV how to
dispense with it in my practice.    L. A. Howard, M. D.
        CERTIFICATE OF HIRAM KING AND LADY.
              Pulaski, Jackson Co., Mich., July 1, 1867.
To all whom this Certificate may Come :
   We, the  undersigned, do hereby certify that Dr. A. R.
Broaa'n's acupuncturing instrument has been employed sev-
eral times in our family, and with the greatest  degree of
satisfaction with its results.  In January, 1866, it Avas used
with Mrs. King for  erysipelas, or St. Anthony's fire, the
surface inflammation being very extensive and  active, and
it readily yielded in  a few hours to  the application of  this
instrument,  and Ave regard it as "a great addition to the or-
dinary methods of medical practice.
                                       Hiram King,
                                       Mrs. H. King.
             CERTIFICATE OF HENRY WEBB.
               Allex, Hillsdale Co., Mich., July 1, 1867.
To all whom it may Concern :
   This is to certify that on the 4th day of August, 1866, I
was  attacked Avith ATery severe vomiting and purging, at-
tended with general convulsions of the whole muscular sys-
tem ; the passages from my bowels became in a few hours
like water, and those that saw me said I appeared like one
laboring under an attack of cholera.  My wife and mother
became very much alarmed, and sent for Dr. A. R. Brown, 
248
APPENDIX.
who came, but  at the time of his arrival I had so far lost
my consciousness that I have no distinct recollection of his
coming;  but I am told that I was lying in convulsions, at-
attended with almost constant retching and purging.  In
this condition Dr. Brown applied his acupuncturing instru-
ment over  the whole surface of my stomach and bowels,
and those present said it was not fifteen minutes before the
efforts to vomit and  all  the spasms had entirely subsided,
and I was  enabled to comprehend and say audibly that I
was better.  The doctor then gave medicine to arrest the
action of my bowels, and the next day I could sit up, and
in three  days had entirely recovered, excepting I was still
somewhat weak.
   I take pleasure in saying, I belive  this new treatment
to be superior to all others in such cases.
                                      Henry Webb.
                    confirmation.
   We do  certify that we attended upon Henry Webb,
and know the above certificate to be strictly true
                              Hattie B. Webb, Wife,
                              Julia Webb, Mother.
           TESTIMONIAL OF E.  M.  SHAW, M. D.
   Dr. Shaw, having for several years used my new medi-
cal invention, forwarded to me voluntarily  the following
certificate and statement of the results of its  use in his
practice:
             Allen, Hillsdale Co., Mich., July  12, 1867.
   Dr. Brown, I understand that you are publishing a trea-
tise upon Acupuncturation and Direct Medical Administra-
tion, in order to illustrate the superiority of your invention
over all other medical practice, and  I therefore send you
the following statement of facts, which, if  you deem them
of sufficient merit, I submit for publication : 
APPENDIX.
249
To those whom it may Concern:
   In 1864 I became acquainted with Dr. A. R. Brown's
new instrument and theory of medicine.
   I had previously purchased and used instruments Avhich
were armed with common needles, and  only recommended
as agents  for counter-irritation, but  had laid  them aside as
being noAvays superior to the external application of croton
oil and Spanish flies applied to the surface of the skin, as
those Avere evidently the principal agents upon which their
action depended, and to my mind were very objectionable.
   It happened so, that about this  time I saw Dr.  A. R.
Broavn, and was speaking to him of the matter, when he
at once gave me a full description of his own invention and
medicines, as well as  theory of application  and  results.  I
immediately began the use of his instrument  and medi-
cines, and  found them  fully equal in action and result to
his representations.
   I have constantly employed them in my practice ever
since, and will  here  report  results in  a very few of the
great  number  of  cases  successfully treated by  me in
this manner within the last three years.  And  before pro-
ceeding, I desire to say that I should not  know  how to
get along  without this neAV agency,  and would almost as
soon abandon the practice of my profession as to return to
my old method  of exclusive internal medication.  Notwith-
standing,  at first I received Dr. B.'s instrument and  state-
ments, of what I have since fully demonstrated to be truthful,
with great doubts  and misgivings.   But from his known
reputation as a  medical practitioner, I concluded to give it
a fair and impartial trial.
  I soon discovered in my practice that it very far surpassed
any and all other  modes of medication  that I  had ever
known, and it is actually the only certain method of cure in
typhoid fever, congestion of the lungs, liver, spleen, pleura,
kidneys, bladder,  etc.,  as well as  in pseudomembranous
croup   (diphtheria), bronchitis,  scarlatina  anginosa, and 
250
APPENDIX.
many other forms of disease, as I haA'e fully proved by three
years experience in its use.

                   CASES IN PRACTICE.
   Case 1, June 20, 1866.—Mrs. II, aged thirty-eight years.
Pericarditis, also erysipelas of the face.  Applied the instru-
ment very thoroughly over the cardiac region, gave her tr.
ferri murias, ten drops every fiAre hours, and applied the same
to the face.
   21st—Fever declining and breathing easy.
   22d—Much better, Avith a thorough pustulation over the
Avhole cardiac region; these Avere filled with  thick yellow
matter (real pus).
   24th—No symptoms of disease remaining.  Ordered tonic
bitters, and discharged the patient.
   Case 2.—Mrs.  B.,  aged  20 years.  Had typhoid fever,
which had already run eighteen days. Called to see her Janu-
ary 23, 1866.  Found her much  reduced, Avith no appear-
ance of abatement of the fever, and  attended Avith  great
tenderness  of the abdomen.  Symptoms generally unfavor-
able.  I applied the instrument very thoroughly from  her
neck to her knees.
   25th—Uniform  crop  of vesicles filled Avith healthy pus
over the whole surface to Avhich the  instrument was  ap-
plied.   Felt  better than  any previous day since the fever
set in.  The tongue, and all other indications, pointed to a
speedy termination of the fever.
   27th—Bowels still sensitive to the touch ; re-applied the
the instrument to them..
   29 th—All traces of  the fever gone, and the tenderness
of the bowels very slight.  Ordered tonic  bitters, and  dis-
charged my patient.
   Case 3,  April 9, 1866.—L. (little girl),  aged two years.
Diphtheria, or pseudo-membranous croup.   Applied the in-
strument to the throat  and upper part of chest, and gave
acetous emetic in nauseating doses. 
APPENDIX.
251
   10th—Symptoms same, found I had not been thorough
enough with the instrument, then re-applied it very thor-
oughly and rubbed Fluid No. 2 also on the throat.
   11th—A fine crop of pustules well filled Avith pus;  child
breathed much easier.
   12th—Still improA-ing.
   13th—So far recovered that I discharged it Avith proper
orders as to care, etc., and it recoArered rapidly.

   Case 4, October 20,  1866.—Mrs.  H,  aged  24  years.
Chronic irritation  of the uterus,  of three years standing.
Oss uteri zt this time  badly inflamed, with attendant very
severe pain.  Applied  the instrument with great thorough-
ness across the small of the back and loAver portion of the
bowels.
   2od—Says she has experienced more relief than from any
other medicine ; wants it applied again.
   30th—Re-application of the instrument.
   Nov. 3d—Much improved, soreness mostly gone, and no
pain.
   10th—Apparently well.
   Case 5, October 29, 1866.—Mrs. P. aged 32 years.  Hemi-
plegia of the right side, of eight Aveeks  standing (paralysis
of the right side).   She is incapacitated to walk, speak, or
do any kind of labor.   Applied the instrument to the whole
right side, and very thoroughly along the spine.
   Nov. 6th—Can  nod and shake the head; re-apply the
instrument.
   18th—Can  speak, and Avalk by means of a chair;  is in
all particulars improA'ing.
   22d—Can do her Avork, and walk to the neighbors.  Dis-
charged her.
   Case 6, March  7,  1866.—Mrs.  L.  A., aged 35 years.
Was under treatment with Dr. P., Avho informed her that she
was liable to die at any moment.  He told her she had neu-
ralgia of the pericardium. 
252
APPENDIX.
   The palpitation of the heart at times  was alarming.
 I applied the instrument over the region of the heart, and
 to the  thorax generally, and along  the  spine, and gave
 macrotys and valerian at bed time.
   12th—Full crop of pustules as far as the application ex
 tended.  All the symptoms of an unfavorable character had
 vanished.
   SaAv her July 1, 1867, and she had had no return of the
 symptoms  since I saw her  on  the 12th  of March, 1866.
 Says she has enjoyed better  health since the use of the in-
 strument than she had done in ten years previously.

   Case 7, May 1,  1867.—Mr. W., aged 35 years.   Inflam-
matory rheumatism of three weeks  standing.  Disease located
principally in the knee joint.  Had been for some time un-
der  treatment  with  Dr.  R. (homoeopathist),  afterwards
treated for one week by Dr.  W.; each  affirmed that they
could cure him in three days, but he continued constantly to
grow worse.  When I saAV him, he objected to having the
instrument used on him, but said he had had no rest for over
two weeks, and, though he did not feel much confidence, he
would nevertheless do  as I desired him to do.  I then ap-
plied the instrument thoroughly to the knee and leg above
and below the  joint.
   5th—Much improved, but little swelling and soreness in
the joint.
   12th—The  limb entirely normal, and  general  health
rapidly improving.
   20th—Entirely recovered, and  I discharged him.
   The foregoing cases are only occasional ones, occurring
among the many I have so treated with the same results,
and I am fully convinced that no neAv addition to medical
science exists of equal, or  any thing Wee equal importance
t0 tMs-                            E. M. Shaw, M. D. 
APPENDIX.
253
           CERTIFICATE OF  GIDEON STODDARD.
                            Litchfield, July 1, 1867.
   This is to certify that I have used  the pills or powders
of Dr. A. R. Broavn, that are employed by him in the treat-
ment of consumption, for eighteen months, during the time
my wife was sick with that disease.  I changed physicians
several times, hoping to find  some one that could cure her,
but each time she would run down into a low, feeble state,
and appear as though she could survive but a brief period,
and we  were compelled to  return to the use of Dr. Brown's
medicine.  And I regard it as proper to say that in every
case as soon as she began  to take the medicine again  she
would appear to be strangely braced up; her energies would
return,  and she  Avould again be  cheerful  and about  the
house.  And they continued to exert a full control over her
system  until nearly the end of her disease.   I will further
say that they did not act like spirits, opium, morphine  and
other agents that the other doctors gave her to fulfill  the
same purpose ; they  produced no drowsiness, costiveness, or
unnatural  excitement of  the mind, or any unnatural con-
sequences.  But they appear to have the power to raise the
system  temporarily above  the diseased action, producing for
the time a natural action  of all the faculties, as though a
new vitality had been introduced.  Still, on discontinuing
their use, the person does not at  once relapse back into a
low state, as they do under the  action of opium, etc., but
return  very gradually to their former debility.  My  Avife's
sufferings  were  amazingly relieved by  them, and I think
her life was prolonged for many months by their poAver.
    And to all consumptives I Avill say, I do not believe any-
thing will offer which Avill afford you such great relief as
this medicine.                     Gideon Stoddard. 
 
INDEX.
                          A.
.   ,,,,..                                     PAGE.
Acute Gastritis,.....................................118
         "    Chronic,.............................119
         "    Special Remarks,.....................121
         "    Physiological Facts, regarding  to,......122
         "    Conclusion,...........................123
Aphthous,..........................................ooq
Apoplexy,..........................................183
    "    Improved Treatment for,.................. 185
Arthritis,........................................... 150
    "    Improved Treatment for,...................152
Asthma,............................................105
    "   106,  top line.  See Errata.
    "   Improved Treatment for,....................105

                          B.
Bathing...........................................56
Boils,..............................................213
  "   Improved Treatment  for,.......................214
Bronchitis, Acute and Chronic,.......................102
           Improved Treatment  for,..................103
           Internal Treatment for,...................103

                          C.
Canker,............................................220
Cantharides,........................................ 12
Caustics,............................................ 13 
 256                   INDEX.

                                                  PAGE.
 Child Bed Fever,....................................218
 Cholera,............................................ 81
    "    External Treatment, same as for Congestive Fever 81
    "    See Certificate of H. Webb, Appendix,..........247
    "    Fluid No. 3 and Remarks,..................51-52
 Chronic Gastritis,...................................119
 Congestive Fever,................................... 80
 Congestive Chill,.................................... 80
            "   Improved Treatment for,............. 81
 Colds,.............................................. 90
 Continued Fevers,................................... 82
                 83 Bottom Line.  See Errata.
            "   Improved Treatment for.............. 84
            "   Treatment in Advanced Stage,........ 87
 Congestion of the Lungs,............................116
           Improved Treatment for,..................116
           of the Pleura,............................116
           Improved Treatment for...................116
 Consumption,.......................................106
            Manifest Condition of,...................107
            Treatment for, etc...................109-110
 Convulsions,........................................199
    "       Causes of,   .............................201
            Improved Treatment for..................202
 Counter-irritation,  Chapter 1, Sec. 1,.................. 11
 Counter irritation, Chapter 1, Sec. 2,.................. 16
 Cystitis,...........................................I49
    "   Improved Treatment for,.....................149

                         I>.
Diet for the Sick,............................         71
Dyspepsia..........................................Hg
         Improved Treatment for,...................119
Diphtheria,...............................            o«
         Improved Treatment for,..................  97
         100.  See Errata. 
                       INDEX.                   257

Dry Cupping........................................ 13
Dry Heat Firing,.................................. 15
Direct Medication, Doctrine of,....................... 22
                 25, 12 lines from top.  See Errata.
Dysentery,.........................................128
          Proper,...................................132
          Improved Treatment for,...................136
          Use of Instrument in......................145

                         E.
Erysipelas,........................................ 161
          Former Treatment for,....................161
          Internal Treatment of,....................162
          Improved Treatment for,..................163
Epilepsy,...........................................175
    "   Profs. King and Newton on,.............176-179
    "   Improved Treatment for,....................179
Ephialters,....................................204—205
    "     See Errata.
    "     Treatment for,...........................206
Exanthemata,......................................164
             Treatment in Simple Form,.............166
             Second Variety of,......................167
      "        "      "    Treatment of,...........168
             Third  Variety of,......................167
      "      Improved  Treatment, etc.,..............170
      "      Five Cases in Practice,.............172-173

                         F.
Falling Sickness,....................................175
   "      "     Prof. Newton on,....................175
          "     Improved Treatment for,.............179
Felon,.............................................215
Fever and Ague,.................................... 77
  "    "    "  Natural Treatment for,........., ___ 79
      11* 
258                  INDEX.

                                                 PAGE.
Fits,  ..............................................199
  "   Causes of,....................................201
  "   Improved Treatment for,.......................202
Fluids,.............................................  42
Fonticulus or Issues,................................  13
Furunculus,........................................213
    "      Improved Treatment for,.................214

                         II.
Hemiplegia.........................................181
    "      Improved Treatment for,..................182
Herpes,............................................210
    "   Improved Treatment for,.....................210
Hip Disease,........................................159
How to  use and clean the Renovator,.................46
Hydarthrus, White Swelling,.........................159
Hysterics,..........................................216
Hysteria,...........................................216
    "   Improved Treatment for,....................217

                          I.
Intermittent Fever,.................................77
              "    Natural Treatment for,............  79
In what form  do Medicines act  most in harmony with
   nature,..........................................  52
   54, three lines from top, see Errata.
Introduction,.......................................   5
Inflammatory Fever,...............................  90
              "   Improved Treatment for,.........90
Inflammation of the Tonsils, etc.,.....................100
              "  Brain,...........................Ill
              "  Eyes............................113
      "       "  Liver............................114
              "  Spleen,.....................'..'.".'.115
              "  Lungs,..........................116
      "       "  Pleura,.........................116 
                       INDEX.                   259

Inflammation of the Stomach,........................118
               "   Bowels,.........................128
               "   Peritoneum,.....................147
                   Kidneys,........................148
                   Bladder,........................149
Inflammatory Rheumatism,..........................150
Irritating Plasters,.................................. 14
Issues, Fonticulus,.................................. 13

                          E.
Localized Inflammation, etc.,.........................154
Lumbar Abscess,....................................157

                          M.
Measles,............................................174
Morbus Coxarius,...................................159
Mustard,........................................... 12

                          X.
Nephritis,.........................................148
Neuralgia,..........................................186
    "     197, see  Errata.
          Faciei,....................................189
    "     Improved Treatment for,...................197
    "     of various localities,.......................190
          Firing in,.................................193
    "     Hypodermic Injections in,..................195
    "     Acupuncturation in........................195
    "     ImproATed Treatment of,....................197
Nightmare, Ephialters,...............................204
    "          "     see Errata.
    "      Proper  Treatment for,.....................206

                          O.
Origin of the Renovator,.............................43 
260                   INDEX.

                          p.
                                                  PAGE.
Palsy...............................................181
   "  Improved Treatment for,.......................182
Paraplegia.........................................181
Paralysis Partialis,..................................181
Paralysis Agitans,...................................181
Peritonitis,.........................................147
     "     Improved Treatment for,..................147
Peculiar Action of the Renovator, etc.,................223
Psoas Abscess,.....................................157
Puerpreal Fever,....................................218
Putrid Sore Throat, etc.,............................100

                          <l.
Quinsy,.............................................100
    "   Improved Treatment for,......................100

                          R.
Renovator,..........................................  37
Rubeola............................................174

                          S.
Salt Rheum, etc.,....................................210
Scarifying and Cupping,..........................  ..  13
Scarlatina Simplex,..................................164
Scarlatina Anginosa,................................164
Scarlatina Maligna,..................................164
Scarlet Fever, three varieties,........................164
    "     "    Cases in  Practice,..................172-173
Setons,.............................................14
Simple Continued Fever,............................82
Skin Diseases, etc.,..................................210
Small Pox,..........................................174
St. Anthony's Fire,..................................161
               "  Improved  Treatment for,...........163
Stimulating Liniments,..............................  13 
                       INDEX.                   261

                                                PAGE.
Sore Mouth,...............  ........................220
Sore Lips...........................................222

                         T.
Table of Doses,......................................  3
  "   "   "  see Errata.
The Renovator,..................................... 37
The Fluids,.........................................42
The Origin of the Renovator,.........................43
Treating Diseases.  The Fluids ;  their Adaptation and
    Number......................................... 48
Typhoid Fever,..................................... 82
Typhus Fever,...................................... 82
          "   Treatment in advanced stage,........... 87
Tic Douloureux,....................................189

                         V.
Variola.............................................174
Vomiting,..........................................211
Vomitio,...........................................211

                         W.
White Swelling,....................................159
Worms,...........................................207
    "   Treatment for,...........................208-209
    "   Prof. Newton's Prescription for,...............209
Whitlow,..........................................215

                         Y.
Yellow Fever,.....................................  91 
index,  to  appendix.
                                                 PAGE.
Anti-Spasmodic Tincture,............................231
Canker Wash, No. 1.................................230
          "   No. 2,................,...............231
          "   No. 3.................................231
Compound Syrup of Liriodendron,....................233
     "    PoAvder of Senna,.........................235
     "    Tincture for Hysteria and Nervous Prostration235
Emetic Drops or Syrup,..............................237
   "   PoAvder,.....................................227
Heart Corrector,.....................................232
Nerve and Tonic Pills,............,..................233
   "  Pills,.........................................232
Neutralizing Cordials,...............................228
Poultice for Sore Throat,.............................231
Tonic and Checking Syrup,...........................233

Testimonials,.......................................237 
ERU A.T A^.
   On page 3, three lines from the bottom, after the word
" adult," read unless otherwise directed.
   On page 25, twelve  lines from the top, after the word
"medicine," read internally.
   On page 54, three lines from the top, for  " corni"  read
cornin.
   On page 83, bottom line, for " pupilla" read papilla.
   On page 93, nine lines from the top, for " obstructive"
read obstruction.
   On page 100, thirteen lines from  the  top,  read  The ap-
plication  of the  instrument, accompanied  with  a  mild
cathartic, etc.
   On page 106, top line,  for  "enonimus"  read  euonimus.
   On page 197, eleAren lines from the bottom, for " com-
bined tinctures" read combined fluids.
   On page 204, after "Nightmare," read Ephialters.
   On page 205, for " EpniALTERS" read There  is a second
species, etc.
   On page 207,  last line in  Chapter XXIX,  for " is heart
disease, etc.," read in heart disease, etc. 
 
 
< «<-ve><.«.<«•• «s»c» \ oj^v^IkO 
^Vte,   //i
'O ~'«j **•■-. 
 
 
'■■>
m
minim
HP
m
#j

m
WM



'^'•.;:^-'^